1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result *,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct linespec_result *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 int *other_type_used);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
235 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
237 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
240 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
241 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
242 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
244 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
246 static void update_global_location_list (int);
248 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
250 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
252 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
254 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
256 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
258 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
264 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
266 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
268 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
270 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
272 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
275 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
277 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
281 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
282 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
283 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
286 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
289 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
292 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
299 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
302 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
303 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
305 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
306 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
307 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
308 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
309 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
310 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
313 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
314 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
315 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
321 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
323 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
324 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
325 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
326 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328 static char *dprintf_function = "";
330 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
331 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
332 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
333 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
334 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
335 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
336 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
340 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
344 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
345 breakpoints share a single command list. */
346 struct counted_command_line
348 /* The reference count. */
351 /* The command list. */
352 struct command_line *commands;
355 struct command_line *
356 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
358 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
361 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
362 current breakpoint. */
364 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
367 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
369 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
370 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
377 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
378 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
379 if such is available. */
380 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
383 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
384 struct cmd_list_element *c,
387 fprintf_filtered (file,
388 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
389 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
394 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
395 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
396 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
397 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
399 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
400 struct cmd_list_element *c,
403 fprintf_filtered (file,
404 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
405 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
410 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
411 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
412 use hardware breakpoints. */
413 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
415 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
416 struct cmd_list_element *c,
419 fprintf_filtered (file,
420 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
425 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
426 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
427 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
428 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
433 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
434 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
436 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
437 fprintf_filtered (file,
438 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
439 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
448 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
451 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
454 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
456 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
457 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
460 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
461 condition_evaluation_auto,
462 condition_evaluation_host,
463 condition_evaluation_target,
467 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
468 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
470 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
471 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
474 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
475 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
476 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
482 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
484 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
485 return condition_evaluation_target;
487 return condition_evaluation_host;
493 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
496 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
501 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
512 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
515 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
517 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
518 static int overlay_events_enabled;
520 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
521 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
523 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
525 current breakpoint. */
527 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
530 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
531 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
534 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
535 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
536 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
539 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
540 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
543 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
544 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
545 to where the loop should start from.
546 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
547 appropriate location to start with. */
549 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
550 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
551 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
554 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
557 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
561 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
567 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
571 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573 static unsigned bp_location_count;
575 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
576 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
577 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
578 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
579 an address you need to read. */
581 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
583 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
584 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
585 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
586 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
587 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
591 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
592 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
596 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598 static int breakpoint_count;
600 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
601 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
602 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
603 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
604 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
606 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608 static int tracepoint_count;
610 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
612 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
614 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
618 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
621 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
624 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
626 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
627 breakpoint_count = num;
628 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
631 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
632 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
633 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
635 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
644 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
653 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
656 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 struct breakpoint *b;
664 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
665 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667 static struct counted_command_line *
668 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
670 struct counted_command_line *result
671 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
674 result->commands = commands;
678 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
681 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
687 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
688 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
689 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
692 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
696 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
698 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
705 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
708 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
710 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
713 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
716 static struct cleanup *
717 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
719 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
723 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
724 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
727 get_breakpoint (int num)
729 struct breakpoint *b;
732 if (b->number == num)
740 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
741 evaluating conditions on its side. */
744 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
746 struct bp_location *loc;
748 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
749 evaluating conditions and if the user has
750 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
753 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
756 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
759 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
760 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
763 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
764 evaluating conditions on its side. */
767 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
769 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
770 evaluating conditions and if the user has
771 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
774 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
781 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
784 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
785 condition_evaluation_mode. */
788 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
789 struct cmd_list_element *c)
791 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
793 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
794 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
797 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
798 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
803 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
805 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
806 settings was "auto". */
807 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
809 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
810 if (new_mode != old_mode)
812 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
813 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
814 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
817 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
820 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
822 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
829 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
830 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
831 target knows about. */
832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
833 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
834 loc->needs_update = 1;
838 update_global_location_list (1);
844 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
845 what "auto" is translating to. */
848 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
849 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
851 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
852 fprintf_filtered (file,
853 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
854 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
863 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
864 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
867 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
869 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
870 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
872 if (a->address == b->address)
875 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
878 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
879 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
880 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
883 static struct bp_location **
884 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
886 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
887 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
890 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
891 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
892 dummy_loc.address = address;
894 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
895 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
896 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
897 bp_location_compare_addrs);
899 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
900 if (locp_found == NULL)
903 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
904 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
905 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
906 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
913 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
916 xfree (b->cond_string);
917 b->cond_string = NULL;
919 if (is_watchpoint (b))
921 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
928 struct bp_location *loc;
930 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
935 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
936 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
937 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
944 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
948 const char *arg = exp;
950 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
951 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
952 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
953 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
955 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959 innermost_block = NULL;
961 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
963 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
964 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
968 struct bp_location *loc;
970 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
974 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
975 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
977 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
983 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
986 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
988 static VEC (char_ptr) *
989 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
990 const char *text, const char *word)
994 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
995 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
999 struct breakpoint *b;
1000 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1004 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1005 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1007 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1010 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1011 len = strlen (text);
1017 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1019 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1020 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1026 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1027 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1028 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1031 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1034 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1041 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1044 bnum = get_number (&p);
1046 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1049 if (b->number == bnum)
1051 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1052 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1053 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1054 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1056 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1057 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1058 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1059 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1061 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1062 update_global_location_list (1);
1067 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1070 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1071 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1072 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1075 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1077 struct command_line *c;
1079 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1083 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1084 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1085 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1087 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1090 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1091 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1092 command directly. */
1093 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1094 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1096 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1097 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1104 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1106 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1107 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1108 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1112 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1114 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1117 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1118 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1122 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1123 struct command_line *commands)
1125 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1127 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1128 struct command_line *c;
1129 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1131 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1132 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1136 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1137 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1138 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1139 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1140 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1141 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1142 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1143 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1144 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1145 tracepoint's context. */
1146 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1148 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1150 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1164 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1168 struct command_line *c2;
1170 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1171 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1172 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1174 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1175 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1181 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1185 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1186 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1189 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1191 struct breakpoint *b;
1192 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1193 struct bp_location *loc;
1196 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1198 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1199 if (loc->address == addr)
1200 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1206 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1207 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1210 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1211 struct command_line *commands)
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1215 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1216 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1217 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1220 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1221 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1225 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1227 int old_silent = b->silent;
1230 if (old_silent != silent)
1231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1234 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1235 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1238 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1240 int old_thread = b->thread;
1243 if (old_thread != thread)
1244 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1247 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1248 breakpoint work for any task. */
1251 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1253 int old_task = b->task;
1256 if (old_task != task)
1257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1261 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1263 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1265 validate_actionline (line, b);
1268 /* A structure used to pass information through
1269 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1271 struct commands_info
1273 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1276 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1279 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1280 already-parsed command. */
1281 struct command_line *control;
1283 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1285 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1288 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1289 commands_command. */
1292 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1294 struct commands_info *info = data;
1296 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1298 struct command_line *l;
1300 if (info->control != NULL)
1301 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1304 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1307 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1308 "%s, one per line."),
1311 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1313 l = read_command_lines (str,
1316 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1322 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1325 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1327 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1329 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1330 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1331 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1332 b->commands = info->cmd;
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1339 struct command_line *control)
1341 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1342 struct commands_info info;
1344 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1345 info.control = control;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1351 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1353 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1354 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1356 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1372 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1378 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1385 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1387 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1398 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1399 return simple_control;
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1411 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1437 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1449 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1450 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1452 struct bp_location *bl;
1454 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1455 bl = bp_location[bc];
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1496 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1517 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1523 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1525 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1540 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1544 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1550 if (readbuf != NULL)
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1555 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1556 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1561 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1565 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1566 const unsigned char *bp;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1568 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1572 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1592 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1614 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1629 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1641 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1643 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1645 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1647 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1648 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1649 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1709 int within_current_scope;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1719 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1726 within_current_scope = 1;
1729 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1747 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1748 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1749 if (within_current_scope)
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1767 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1768 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b->val);
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1782 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1784 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1788 s = b->base.cond_string;
1789 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if ( !target_has_execution)
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1804 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1807 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1808 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1810 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1812 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1813 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1814 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1815 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1816 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1818 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1824 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1826 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1827 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1829 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1830 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1831 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1832 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1833 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1834 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1835 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1837 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1839 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1840 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1841 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1843 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1844 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1848 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1850 addr = value_address (v);
1852 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1854 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1857 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1858 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1861 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1863 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1864 loc->address = addr;
1865 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1866 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1871 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1872 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1873 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1878 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1879 struct bp_location *bl;
1881 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1885 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1888 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1889 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1890 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1892 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1893 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1894 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1895 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1898 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1899 hardware watchpoint type. */
1900 type = b->base.type;
1901 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1902 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1904 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1905 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1906 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1907 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1911 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1913 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1914 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1917 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1918 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1920 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1922 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1923 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1924 "hardware watchpoint."));
1925 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1927 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1930 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1934 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1935 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1936 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1938 b->base.type = type;
1941 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1942 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1943 "read/access watchpoint."));
1945 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1947 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1948 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1949 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1950 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1953 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1955 next = value_next (v);
1960 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1961 above left it without any location set up. But,
1962 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1963 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1964 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1966 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1967 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1968 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1969 base->loc->address = -1;
1970 base->loc->length = -1;
1971 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1974 else if (!within_current_scope)
1976 printf_filtered (_("\
1977 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1978 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1980 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1983 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1985 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1989 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1990 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1991 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1992 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1993 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1995 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1997 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2000 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2003 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2006 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2009 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2010 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2011 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2012 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2013 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2014 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2015 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2016 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2017 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2023 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2024 that the location is not duplicated. */
2027 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2030 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2033 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2034 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2038 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2039 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2040 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2041 any error during parsing. */
2043 static struct agent_expr *
2044 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2046 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2047 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2052 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2053 that may show up. */
2054 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2056 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2061 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2062 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2063 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2067 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2071 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2072 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2073 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2074 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2075 one of them is true. */
2078 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2080 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2081 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2082 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2083 struct bp_location *loc;
2085 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2086 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2087 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2089 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2090 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2093 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2094 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2095 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2096 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2097 response back to GDB. */
2098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2101 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2105 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2107 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2108 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2109 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2110 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2111 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2112 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2114 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2115 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2121 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2122 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2123 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2125 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2131 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2132 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2133 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2135 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2136 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2137 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2139 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2142 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2144 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2146 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2149 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2150 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2155 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2156 for this location's address. */
2157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2161 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2162 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2163 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2165 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2166 conditions to the target. */
2167 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2168 loc->cond_bytecode);
2174 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2175 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2176 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2178 static struct agent_expr *
2179 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2181 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2182 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2183 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2184 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2185 const char *cmdrest;
2186 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2187 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2189 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2196 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2198 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2200 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2201 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2203 format_start = cmdrest;
2205 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2207 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2209 format_end = cmdrest;
2211 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2212 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2214 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2216 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2217 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2219 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2221 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2223 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2225 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2226 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2229 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2234 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2235 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2237 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2241 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2242 that may show up. */
2243 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2245 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2246 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2247 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2250 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2254 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2255 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2256 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2260 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2264 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2265 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2266 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2269 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2271 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2272 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2273 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2274 struct bp_location *loc;
2276 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2277 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2278 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2281 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2284 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2285 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2286 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2287 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2288 response back to GDB. */
2289 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2292 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2296 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2298 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2299 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2300 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2301 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2302 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2303 loc->owner->extra_string);
2304 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2310 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2311 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2312 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2314 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2320 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2322 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2324 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2327 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2328 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2330 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2332 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2335 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2336 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2341 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2342 for this location's address. */
2343 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2346 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2347 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2348 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2349 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2351 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2352 to send the commands to the target. */
2353 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2357 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2358 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2359 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2360 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2363 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2364 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2365 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2366 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2369 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2370 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2372 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2373 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2374 int *disabled_breaks,
2375 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2376 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2379 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2380 struct gdb_exception e;
2382 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2385 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2386 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2387 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2388 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2389 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2390 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2391 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2392 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2394 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2395 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2396 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2398 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2399 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2400 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2401 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2403 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2405 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2406 build_target_command_list (bl);
2407 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2408 bl->needs_update = 0;
2411 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2412 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2414 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2416 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2417 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2418 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2420 Two important cases are:
2421 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2422 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2423 hardware breakpoint.
2424 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2425 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2426 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2429 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2430 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2431 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2432 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2434 struct mem_region *mr
2435 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2439 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2441 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2443 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2444 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2446 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2448 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2450 static int said = 0;
2452 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2455 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2456 _("Note: automatically using "
2457 "hardware breakpoints for "
2458 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2463 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2464 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2465 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2466 "at readonly address %s"),
2467 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2471 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2472 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2473 || bl->section == NULL
2474 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2476 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2477 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2479 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2484 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2489 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2490 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2491 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2493 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2494 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2495 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2496 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2497 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2501 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2503 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2504 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2505 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2506 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2507 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2509 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2510 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2511 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2515 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2516 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2518 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2519 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2521 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2526 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2531 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2532 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2539 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2540 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2542 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2544 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2545 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2546 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2548 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2549 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2551 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2552 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2553 "library breakpoints:\n");
2555 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2557 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2561 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2563 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2564 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2565 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2566 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2567 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2568 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2574 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2576 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2577 "Error accessing memory address ");
2578 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2581 safe_strerror (val));
2592 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2593 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2594 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2595 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2597 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2598 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2600 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2602 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2603 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2604 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2606 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2608 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2609 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2613 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2614 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2618 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2619 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2626 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2627 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2630 /* Back to the original value. */
2631 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2635 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2638 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2640 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2641 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2643 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2646 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2650 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2651 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2653 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2656 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2658 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2659 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2660 so just return success. */
2667 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2668 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2672 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2674 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2675 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2677 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2678 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2680 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2681 delete_breakpoint (b);
2684 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2685 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2686 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2688 struct bp_location *tmp;
2690 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2692 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2693 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2694 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2696 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2697 if (tmp->next == loc)
2699 tmp->next = loc->next;
2705 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2706 removed locations above. */
2707 update_global_location_list (0);
2710 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2711 Throws exception on any error.
2712 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2713 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2715 insert_breakpoints (void)
2717 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2720 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2722 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2724 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2727 update_global_location_list (1);
2729 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2730 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2732 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2733 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2736 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2739 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2741 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2745 callback (loc, NULL);
2749 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2750 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2751 always-inserted mode. */
2754 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2756 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2759 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2760 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2761 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2763 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2764 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2766 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2767 there was an error. */
2768 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2770 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2772 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2774 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2776 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2779 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2780 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2781 deletion of breakpoints. */
2782 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2785 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2787 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2788 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2789 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2790 insert breakpoints. */
2791 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2792 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2795 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2796 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2803 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2804 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2807 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2810 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2813 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2815 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2816 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2819 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2820 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2821 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2823 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2824 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2826 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2827 there was an error. */
2828 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2830 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2834 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2837 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2838 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2839 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2840 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2841 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2844 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2846 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2847 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2848 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2849 insert breakpoints. */
2850 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2851 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2854 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2855 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2860 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2861 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2864 int some_failed = 0;
2865 struct bp_location *loc;
2867 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2870 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2873 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2876 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2877 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2884 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2886 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2888 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2889 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2890 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2898 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2899 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2900 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2902 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2903 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2904 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2906 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2907 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2910 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2913 /* Used when the program stops.
2914 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2915 removing a breakpoint location. */
2918 remove_breakpoints (void)
2920 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2923 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2925 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2926 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2931 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2934 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2936 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2938 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2940 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2942 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2945 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2950 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2959 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2961 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2962 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2965 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2966 struct inferior *inf;
2967 struct thread_info *tp;
2969 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2973 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2974 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2976 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2978 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2979 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2981 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2983 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2989 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2992 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2997 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3001 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3003 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3004 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3005 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3006 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3007 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3008 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3010 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3013 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3016 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3017 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3021 static struct breakpoint *
3022 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3023 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3024 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3026 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3027 struct breakpoint *b;
3029 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3032 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3033 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3035 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3036 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3037 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3042 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3044 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3046 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3048 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3049 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3051 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3052 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3054 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3055 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3057 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3058 int longjmp_searched;
3060 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3061 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3063 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3064 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3066 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3067 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3069 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3070 int exception_searched;
3072 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3073 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3076 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3078 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3079 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3081 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3084 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3086 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3089 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3090 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3092 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3093 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3095 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3097 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3098 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3100 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3101 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3103 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3104 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3106 return bp_objfile_data;
3110 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3112 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3114 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3115 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3119 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3121 struct objfile *objfile;
3122 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3124 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3126 struct breakpoint *b;
3127 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3130 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3132 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3135 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3137 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3139 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3142 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3143 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3146 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3149 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3150 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3152 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3153 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3155 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3157 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3158 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3162 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3163 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3166 update_global_location_list (1);
3170 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3172 struct program_space *pspace;
3173 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3175 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3177 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3179 struct objfile *objfile;
3181 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3183 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3186 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3187 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3189 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3190 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3193 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3195 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3197 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3198 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3199 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3202 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3205 struct probe *probe;
3206 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3209 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3210 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3214 struct breakpoint *b;
3216 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3218 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3219 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3220 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3226 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3228 struct breakpoint *b;
3229 const char *func_name;
3232 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3235 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3236 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3238 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3240 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3243 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3244 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3247 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3250 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3251 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3252 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3253 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3254 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3258 update_global_location_list (1);
3260 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3263 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3265 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3267 struct program_space *pspace;
3268 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3269 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3271 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3273 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3275 struct objfile *objfile;
3278 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3280 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3282 struct breakpoint *b;
3283 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3285 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3287 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3290 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3292 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3294 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3295 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3296 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3298 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3299 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3302 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3305 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3307 bp_std_terminate_master,
3308 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3309 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3310 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3314 update_global_location_list (1);
3316 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3319 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3322 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3324 struct objfile *objfile;
3325 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3327 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3329 struct breakpoint *b;
3330 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3331 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3334 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3336 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3337 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3339 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3340 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3341 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3344 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3346 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3348 struct probe *probe;
3351 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3352 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3356 struct breakpoint *b;
3358 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3359 bp_exception_master,
3360 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3361 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3362 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3368 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3370 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3373 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3375 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3377 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3379 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3380 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3382 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3386 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3389 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3390 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3392 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3393 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3394 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3395 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3398 update_global_location_list (1);
3402 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3404 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3405 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3407 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3408 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3409 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3410 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3411 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3412 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3413 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3414 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3415 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3416 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3417 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3421 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3424 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3425 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3427 delete_breakpoint (b);
3431 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3432 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3434 delete_breakpoint (b);
3438 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3439 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3440 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3441 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3442 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3444 delete_breakpoint (b);
3448 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3449 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3451 delete_breakpoint (b);
3455 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3457 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3458 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3459 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3461 delete_breakpoint (b);
3465 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3467 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3468 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3469 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3470 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3474 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3475 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3476 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3477 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3478 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3479 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3481 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3482 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3483 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3484 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3485 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3486 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3487 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3489 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3490 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3491 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3492 let finish_command delete it.
3494 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3495 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3496 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3497 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3498 solib breakpoints.) */
3500 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3505 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3506 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3508 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3510 delete_breakpoint (b);
3514 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3515 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3516 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3517 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3518 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3522 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3524 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3526 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3527 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3529 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3530 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3532 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3533 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3534 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3536 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3539 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3540 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3541 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3542 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3543 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3544 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3545 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3549 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3552 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3553 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3555 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3559 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3560 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3561 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3562 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3563 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3566 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3570 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3571 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3573 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3574 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3577 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3578 This should not ever happen. */
3579 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3581 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3582 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3584 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3585 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3586 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3588 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3589 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3590 || bl->section == NULL
3591 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3593 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3594 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3598 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3599 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3600 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3602 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3603 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3605 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3606 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3607 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3608 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3609 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3611 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3612 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3614 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3615 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3618 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3619 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3620 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3621 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3623 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3624 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3625 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3626 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3627 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3628 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3634 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3639 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3640 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3641 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3642 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3647 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3649 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3651 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3652 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3654 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3655 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3657 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3658 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3659 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3662 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3663 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3666 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3667 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3669 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3673 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3680 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3683 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3685 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3686 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3688 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3689 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3692 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3693 This should not ever happen. */
3694 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3696 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3698 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3700 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3702 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3706 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3709 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3711 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3713 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3714 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3718 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3719 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3721 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3724 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3725 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3726 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3731 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3733 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3734 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3736 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3738 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3740 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3745 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3746 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3747 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3753 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3759 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3761 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3762 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3765 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3767 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3769 case bp_shlib_event:
3771 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3772 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3773 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3774 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3775 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3777 (gdb) file prog-linux
3778 (gdb) run # native linux target
3781 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3782 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3785 case bp_step_resume:
3787 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3789 delete_breakpoint (b);
3793 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3794 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3795 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3797 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3799 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3800 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3801 delete_breakpoint (b);
3802 else if (context == inf_starting)
3804 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3805 insert_breakpoints. */
3807 value_free (w->val);
3818 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3819 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3820 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3821 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3824 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3825 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3826 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3827 match, not program space. */
3829 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3830 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3831 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3832 permanent breakpoint.
3833 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3834 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3835 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3836 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3837 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3839 enum breakpoint_here
3840 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3842 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3843 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3847 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3848 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3851 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3852 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3853 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3854 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3856 if (overlay_debugging
3857 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3858 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3859 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3860 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3861 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3863 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3867 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3870 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3873 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3875 struct bp_location *loc;
3878 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3879 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3885 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3886 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3887 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3888 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3891 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3894 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3896 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3898 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3899 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3903 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3905 if (overlay_debugging
3906 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3907 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3908 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3916 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3917 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3920 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3922 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3925 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3931 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3935 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3938 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3940 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3942 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3946 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3949 if (overlay_debugging
3950 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3951 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3952 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3958 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3959 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3966 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3967 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3969 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3973 struct bp_location *loc;
3975 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3976 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3979 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3982 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3983 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3987 /* Check for intersection. */
3988 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3989 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3997 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3998 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4001 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4004 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4005 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4009 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4011 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4012 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4015 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4016 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4017 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4020 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4023 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4025 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4026 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4027 it is now time to do so. */
4029 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4030 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4034 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4036 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4037 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4038 it is now time to do so. */
4040 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4041 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4045 if (overlay_debugging
4046 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4047 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4048 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4057 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4061 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4063 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4066 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4070 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4072 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4073 value_free (bs->old_val);
4074 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4075 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4079 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4080 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4083 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4100 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4101 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4104 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4108 bpstat retval = NULL;
4113 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4115 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4116 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4117 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4118 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4119 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4121 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4122 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4126 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4136 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4139 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4144 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4146 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4152 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4154 enum bpstat_signal_value
4155 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4157 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4159 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4161 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4162 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4163 enum bpstat_signal_value newval;
4165 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4167 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4169 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4170 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4172 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4175 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4178 if (newval > result)
4185 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4186 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4187 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4188 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4190 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4191 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4193 Return 1 otherwise. */
4196 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4198 struct breakpoint *b;
4201 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4203 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4204 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4205 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4206 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4207 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4209 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4211 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4215 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4218 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4220 struct thread_info *tp;
4223 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4226 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4230 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4232 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4234 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4236 value_free (bs->old_val);
4242 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4245 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4247 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4249 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4251 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4252 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4253 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4254 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4255 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4259 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4262 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4265 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4267 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4270 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4271 or its equivalent. */
4274 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4276 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4277 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4280 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4281 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4282 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4283 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4285 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4286 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4287 bpstat of the current thread. */
4290 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4293 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4296 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4298 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4301 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4302 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4304 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4306 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4309 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4310 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4312 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4313 struct command_line *cmd;
4314 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4316 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4318 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4319 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4320 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4321 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4322 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4323 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4324 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4325 the tree when we're done. */
4326 ccmd = bs->commands;
4327 bs->commands = NULL;
4328 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4329 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4330 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4332 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4338 execute_control_command (cmd);
4340 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4346 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4347 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4349 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4351 if (target_can_async_p ())
4352 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4353 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4354 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4357 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4358 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4359 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4360 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4361 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4362 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4363 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4364 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4365 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4366 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4367 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4368 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4369 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4374 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4379 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4381 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4383 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4384 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4385 && target_has_execution
4386 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4387 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4388 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4389 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4390 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4391 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4392 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4395 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4398 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4401 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4404 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4407 struct value_print_options opts;
4408 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4409 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4413 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4414 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4415 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4416 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4419 static enum print_stop_action
4420 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4422 switch (bs->print_it)
4425 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4426 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4430 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4431 relevant messages. */
4432 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4435 case print_it_normal:
4437 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4439 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4440 which has since been deleted. */
4442 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4444 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4445 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4450 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4451 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4456 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4459 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4462 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4464 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4468 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4469 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4470 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4473 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4474 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4477 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4478 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4479 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4483 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4487 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4488 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4491 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4496 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4497 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4498 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4501 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4506 struct so_list *iter;
4508 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4510 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4511 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4514 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4519 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4520 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4521 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4524 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4528 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4529 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4530 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4531 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4532 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4533 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4534 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4537 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4538 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4539 code to print the location. An example is
4540 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4542 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4543 to also print the location part of the message.
4544 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4545 don't require a location appended to the end.
4546 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4547 further info to be printed. */
4549 enum print_stop_action
4550 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4554 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4555 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4556 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4557 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4558 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4560 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4561 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4562 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4563 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4567 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4568 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4569 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4570 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4572 print_solib_event (0);
4573 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4576 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4577 with and nothing was printed. */
4578 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4581 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4582 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4583 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4584 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4587 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4589 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4590 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4592 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4596 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4599 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4603 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4605 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4606 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4607 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4608 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4609 incref_bp_location (bl);
4610 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4611 bs->commands = NULL;
4613 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4617 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4618 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4621 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4623 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4625 struct breakpoint *b;
4627 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4629 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4630 as not triggered. */
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4634 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4636 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4642 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4644 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4645 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4647 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4649 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4651 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4654 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4657 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4658 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4662 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4664 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4665 struct bp_location *loc;
4667 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4668 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4670 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4672 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4673 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4675 if (newaddr == start)
4677 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4681 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4682 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4686 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4695 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4696 because of check_errors). */
4697 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4698 #define WP_DELETED 1
4699 /* The value has changed. */
4700 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4701 /* The value has not changed. */
4702 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4703 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4706 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4707 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4709 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4712 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4713 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4716 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4718 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4719 struct watchpoint *b;
4720 struct frame_info *fr;
4721 int within_current_scope;
4723 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4724 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4725 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4727 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4728 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4729 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4730 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4733 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4734 within_current_scope = 1;
4737 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4738 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4739 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4741 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4742 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4743 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4744 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4745 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4746 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4747 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4748 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4749 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4750 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4753 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4754 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4756 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4757 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4758 if (within_current_scope)
4760 struct symbol *function;
4762 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4763 if (function == NULL
4764 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4765 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4766 within_current_scope = 0;
4769 if (within_current_scope)
4770 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4771 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4776 if (within_current_scope)
4778 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4779 time before we return to the command level and call
4780 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4781 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4785 struct value *new_val;
4787 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4788 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4789 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4790 a mask watchpoint. */
4791 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4793 mark = value_mark ();
4794 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4796 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4797 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4798 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4799 not what we want. */
4800 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4801 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4803 if (new_val != NULL)
4805 release_value (new_val);
4806 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4808 bs->old_val = b->val;
4811 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4815 /* Nothing changed. */
4816 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4817 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4822 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4824 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4825 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4826 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4827 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4828 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4829 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4830 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4831 the first value assigned). */
4832 /* We print all the stop information in
4833 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4834 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4835 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4837 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4839 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4840 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4841 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4843 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4844 which its expression is valid.\n");
4846 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4847 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4848 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4854 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4855 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4856 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4859 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4860 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4861 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4863 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4865 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4866 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4868 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4871 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4872 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4875 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4877 const struct bp_location *bl;
4878 struct watchpoint *b;
4880 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4881 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4882 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4883 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4884 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4887 int must_check_value = 0;
4889 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4890 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4892 must_check_value = 1;
4893 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4894 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4895 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4897 must_check_value = 1;
4898 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4899 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4900 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4901 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4902 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4903 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4904 must_check_value = 1;
4906 if (must_check_value)
4909 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4911 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4912 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4914 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4918 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4919 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4923 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4926 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4927 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4929 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4931 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4932 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4933 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4934 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4935 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4936 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4937 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4940 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4941 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4944 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4945 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4946 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4947 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4949 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4950 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4951 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4954 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4955 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4956 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4957 changes. This still gives false positives when
4958 the program writes the same value to memory as
4959 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4960 it for a read), but it's much better than
4963 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4965 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4967 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4970 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4971 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4973 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4974 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4976 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4977 == watch_triggered_yes)
4979 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4985 if (other_write_watchpoint
4986 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4988 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4989 and the value changed since the last time we
4990 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4992 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4997 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4998 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4999 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5001 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5002 the value hasn't changed. */
5003 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5011 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5012 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5013 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5014 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5015 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5019 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5021 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5022 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5023 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5024 anything for this watchpoint. */
5025 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5032 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5033 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5034 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5037 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5039 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5040 const struct bp_location *bl;
5041 struct breakpoint *b;
5043 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5044 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5045 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5046 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5047 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5049 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5050 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5051 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5053 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5054 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5058 int value_is_zero = 0;
5059 struct expression *cond;
5061 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5062 method implemented. */
5063 if (b->py_bp_object)
5064 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5066 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5068 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5075 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5077 int within_current_scope = 1;
5078 struct watchpoint * w;
5080 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5081 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5082 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5083 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5085 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5087 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5088 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5092 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5093 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5094 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5095 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5096 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5098 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5099 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5102 struct frame_info *frame;
5104 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5105 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5106 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5107 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5108 really matter which instantiation of the function
5109 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5110 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5111 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5112 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5113 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5114 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5115 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5116 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5118 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5120 select_frame (frame);
5122 within_current_scope = 0;
5124 if (within_current_scope)
5126 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5127 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5131 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5132 "in the current scope"));
5133 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5134 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5137 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5138 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5141 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5145 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5149 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5153 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5155 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5161 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5162 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5164 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5165 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5168 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5170 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5172 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5173 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5174 several reasons concurrently.)
5176 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5177 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5180 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5181 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5182 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5184 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5185 struct bp_location *bl;
5186 struct bp_location *loc;
5187 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5188 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5189 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5192 int need_remove_insert;
5195 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5196 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5197 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5198 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5199 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5200 inferior function calls. */
5204 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5207 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5209 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5210 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5211 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5212 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5213 checked all locations already. */
5214 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5217 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5220 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5223 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5226 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5229 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5230 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5231 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5235 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5236 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5237 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5239 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5241 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5243 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5248 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5250 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5252 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5253 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5256 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5260 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5261 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5262 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5264 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5266 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5268 handle_solib_event ();
5273 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5274 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5275 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5279 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5284 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5285 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5288 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5293 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5295 /* We will stop here. */
5296 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5298 --(b->enable_count);
5299 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5300 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5301 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5306 bs->commands = b->commands;
5307 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5308 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5309 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5312 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5317 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5319 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5320 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5323 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5324 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5325 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5327 need_remove_insert = 0;
5328 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5329 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5331 && bs->breakpoint_at
5332 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5334 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5336 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5337 need_remove_insert = 1;
5340 if (need_remove_insert)
5341 update_global_location_list (1);
5342 else if (removed_any)
5343 update_global_location_list (0);
5349 handle_jit_event (void)
5351 struct frame_info *frame;
5352 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5354 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5355 breakpoint_re_set. */
5356 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5358 frame = get_current_frame ();
5359 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5361 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5363 target_terminal_inferior ();
5366 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5368 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5371 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5373 struct bpstat_what retval;
5377 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5378 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5379 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5381 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5383 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5384 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5385 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5388 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5390 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5391 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5395 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5402 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5405 case bp_shlib_event:
5409 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5411 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5414 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5417 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5418 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5419 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5423 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5425 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5429 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5430 This requires no further action. */
5434 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5436 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5437 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5439 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5440 case bp_exception_resume:
5441 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5442 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5444 case bp_step_resume:
5446 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5449 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5450 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5453 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5455 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5458 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5459 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5462 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5463 case bp_thread_event:
5464 case bp_overlay_event:
5465 case bp_longjmp_master:
5466 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5467 case bp_exception_master:
5468 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5474 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5476 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5480 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5481 This requires no further action. */
5486 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5489 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5490 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5491 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5492 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5494 case bp_std_terminate:
5495 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5496 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5497 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5498 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5501 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5502 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5503 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5504 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5506 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5507 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5509 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5510 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5511 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5513 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5514 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5515 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5516 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5521 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5523 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5527 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5528 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5531 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5534 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5535 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5540 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5542 handle_jit_event ();
5545 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5547 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5553 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5554 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5556 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5557 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5565 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5566 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5567 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5570 bpstat_should_step (void)
5572 struct breakpoint *b;
5575 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5581 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5583 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5592 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5593 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5594 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5597 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5599 static char wrap_indent[80];
5600 int i, total_width, width, align;
5604 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5606 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5608 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5609 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5610 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5615 total_width += width + 1;
5621 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5622 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5624 "host": Host evals condition.
5625 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5626 "target": Target evals condition.
5630 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5632 struct bp_location *bl;
5633 char host_evals = 0;
5634 char target_evals = 0;
5639 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5642 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5643 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5644 return condition_evaluation_host;
5646 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5648 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5654 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5655 return condition_evaluation_both;
5656 else if (target_evals)
5657 return condition_evaluation_target;
5659 return condition_evaluation_host;
5662 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5663 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5666 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5668 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5671 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5672 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5673 return condition_evaluation_host;
5675 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5676 return condition_evaluation_target;
5678 return condition_evaluation_host;
5681 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5684 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5685 struct bp_location *loc)
5687 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5688 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5690 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5694 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5696 if (b->display_canonical)
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5698 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5701 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5704 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5705 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5706 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5707 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5708 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5709 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5711 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5712 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5713 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5715 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5717 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5719 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5723 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5724 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5726 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5728 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5730 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5733 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5735 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5736 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5737 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5739 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5740 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5741 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5742 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5745 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5749 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5751 struct ep_type_description
5756 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5758 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5759 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5760 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5761 {bp_until, "until"},
5762 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5763 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5767 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5769 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5770 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5771 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5772 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5773 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5774 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5775 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5776 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5777 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5778 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5779 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5780 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5781 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5782 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5783 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5784 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5786 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5787 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5788 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5790 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5793 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5794 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5795 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5796 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5799 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5802 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5803 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5806 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5807 const char *field_name,
5811 struct cleanup *back_to;
5812 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5816 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5817 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5818 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5821 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
5823 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5829 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5830 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5835 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5837 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5839 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5843 do_cleanups (back_to);
5846 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5849 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5850 struct bp_location *loc,
5852 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5855 struct command_line *l;
5856 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5858 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5859 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5860 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5861 struct value_print_options opts;
5863 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5865 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5866 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5867 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5870 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5871 header_of_multiple = 1;
5879 if (part_of_multiple)
5882 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5883 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5888 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5893 if (part_of_multiple)
5894 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5896 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5900 if (part_of_multiple)
5901 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5903 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5908 if (part_of_multiple)
5909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5911 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5912 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5913 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5917 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5919 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5920 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5921 make sure there's just one location. */
5922 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5923 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5929 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5930 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5934 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5935 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5936 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5938 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5940 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5941 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5942 is relatively readable). */
5943 if (opts.addressprint)
5944 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5946 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5951 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5955 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5956 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5958 case bp_exception_resume:
5959 case bp_step_resume:
5960 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5961 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5963 case bp_std_terminate:
5964 case bp_shlib_event:
5965 case bp_thread_event:
5966 case bp_overlay_event:
5967 case bp_longjmp_master:
5968 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5969 case bp_exception_master:
5971 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5972 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5977 if (opts.addressprint)
5980 if (header_of_multiple)
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5982 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5985 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5986 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5989 if (!header_of_multiple)
5990 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5997 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
5999 struct inferior *inf;
6000 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6005 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6006 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6009 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6010 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6012 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6013 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6014 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6015 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6016 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6017 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6019 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6020 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6023 if (!part_of_multiple)
6025 if (b->thread != -1)
6027 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6028 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6029 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6030 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6032 else if (b->task != 0)
6034 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6035 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6039 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6041 if (!part_of_multiple)
6042 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6044 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6048 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6050 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6051 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6055 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6058 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6059 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6061 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6062 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6064 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6065 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6066 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6067 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6068 == condition_evaluation_target)
6070 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6071 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6072 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6073 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6078 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6080 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6083 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6086 if (!part_of_multiple)
6090 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6091 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6093 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6094 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6096 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6098 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6099 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6100 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6102 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6106 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6107 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6108 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6112 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6115 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6116 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6117 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6120 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6121 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6122 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6123 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6126 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6127 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6128 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6129 if (b->ignore_count)
6130 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6132 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6133 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6134 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6137 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6139 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6141 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6143 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6144 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6145 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6149 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6150 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6152 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6155 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6156 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6157 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6160 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6162 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6164 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6166 annotate_field (10);
6167 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6168 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6169 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6172 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6174 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6176 annotate_field (11);
6178 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6180 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6184 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6186 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6187 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6192 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6194 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6196 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6198 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6200 else if (b->addr_string)
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6206 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6207 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6210 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6211 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6213 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6215 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6216 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6218 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6219 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6220 locations, if any. */
6221 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6223 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6224 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6225 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6228 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6229 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6231 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6232 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6234 struct bp_location *loc;
6237 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6239 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6240 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6241 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6242 do_cleanups (inner2);
6249 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6251 int print_address_bits = 0;
6252 struct bp_location *loc;
6254 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6258 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6259 an address to print. */
6260 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6263 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6264 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6265 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6268 return print_address_bits;
6271 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6277 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6279 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6280 struct breakpoint *b;
6281 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6285 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6287 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6295 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6296 char **error_message)
6298 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6301 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6303 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6304 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6310 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6311 internal or momentary. */
6314 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6316 return b->number > 0;
6319 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6320 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6321 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6322 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6323 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6324 breakpoints listed. */
6327 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6328 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6330 struct breakpoint *b;
6331 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6332 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6333 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6334 struct value_print_options opts;
6335 int print_address_bits = 0;
6336 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6337 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6339 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6341 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6342 required for address fields. */
6343 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6346 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6347 if (filter && !filter (b))
6350 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6351 accept. Skip the others. */
6352 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6354 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6356 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6360 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6362 int addr_bit, type_len;
6364 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6365 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6366 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6368 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6369 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6370 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6372 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6376 if (opts.addressprint)
6378 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6379 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6383 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6384 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6387 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6388 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6389 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6391 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6392 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6394 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6395 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6396 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6398 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6399 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6401 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6402 if (opts.addressprint)
6404 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6406 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6407 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6408 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6410 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6411 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6413 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6415 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6416 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6417 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6418 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6423 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6424 if (filter && !filter (b))
6427 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6428 accept. Skip the others. */
6430 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6432 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6434 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6437 else /* all others */
6439 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6443 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6445 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6446 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6449 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6451 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6453 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6457 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6458 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6460 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6461 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6467 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6468 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6471 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6472 there have been breakpoints? */
6473 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6475 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6478 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6479 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6482 default_collect_info (void)
6484 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6486 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6487 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6489 if (!*default_collect)
6492 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6494 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6495 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6496 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6500 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6502 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6504 default_collect_info ();
6508 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6510 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6511 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6513 if (num_printed == 0)
6515 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6516 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6518 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6523 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6525 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6527 default_collect_info ();
6531 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6532 struct program_space *pspace,
6533 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6535 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6537 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6539 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6540 && bl->address == pc
6541 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6547 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6548 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6552 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6553 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6554 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6557 struct breakpoint *b;
6560 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6561 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6565 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6566 else /* if (others == ???) */
6567 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6569 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6572 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6573 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6574 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6575 else if (b->thread != -1)
6576 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6577 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6578 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6579 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6581 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6585 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6587 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6588 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6589 printf_filtered (".\n");
6594 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6595 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6596 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6597 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6599 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6600 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6601 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6602 breakpoint at address zero:
6610 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6612 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6614 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6617 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6618 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6621 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6622 struct bp_location *loc2)
6624 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6625 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6627 /* Both of them must exist. */
6628 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6629 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6631 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6632 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6633 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6634 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6635 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6636 other watchpoint. */
6638 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6640 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6643 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6645 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6649 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6650 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6651 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6652 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6653 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6654 become hw_access locations later. */
6655 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6656 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6657 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6658 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6661 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6662 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6663 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6664 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6667 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6668 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6670 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6671 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6675 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6676 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6677 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6678 space doesn't really matter. */
6681 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6682 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6685 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6686 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6687 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6690 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6691 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6692 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6693 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6696 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6697 struct address_space *aspace,
6700 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6703 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6704 bl->address, bl->length,
6708 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6709 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6710 true, otherwise returns false. */
6713 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6714 struct bp_location *loc2)
6716 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6717 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6718 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6719 different locations. */
6720 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6725 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6726 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6727 represent the same location. */
6730 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6731 struct bp_location *loc2)
6733 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6735 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6736 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6737 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6739 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6740 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6742 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6745 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6746 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6747 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6749 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6750 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6751 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6752 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6756 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6757 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6759 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6760 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6764 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6765 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6767 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6768 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6770 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6773 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6774 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6775 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6776 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6779 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6780 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6782 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6784 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6787 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6788 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6789 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6790 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6791 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6793 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6794 have their addresses modified. */
6799 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6801 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6802 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6803 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6805 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6806 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6808 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6809 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6811 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6816 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6817 struct breakpoint *owner)
6819 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6821 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6826 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6827 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6830 switch (owner->type)
6836 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6837 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6839 case bp_exception_resume:
6840 case bp_step_resume:
6841 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6842 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6844 case bp_std_terminate:
6845 case bp_shlib_event:
6846 case bp_thread_event:
6847 case bp_overlay_event:
6849 case bp_longjmp_master:
6850 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6851 case bp_exception_master:
6852 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6855 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6856 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6858 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6859 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6860 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6862 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6863 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6864 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6865 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6870 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6871 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6872 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6875 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6881 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6883 static struct bp_location *
6884 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6886 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6890 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6892 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6896 /* Increment reference count. */
6899 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6904 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6905 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6908 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6910 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6912 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6913 free_bp_location (*blp);
6917 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6920 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6922 struct breakpoint *b1;
6924 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6925 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6927 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6929 breakpoint_chain = b;
6938 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6941 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6942 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6944 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6946 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6948 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6952 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6953 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6954 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6956 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6959 b->ignore_count = 0;
6961 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6962 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6963 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6964 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6967 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6968 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6970 static struct breakpoint *
6971 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6973 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6975 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6977 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6978 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6982 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6983 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6987 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6989 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6991 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6992 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6993 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6996 const char *function_name;
6997 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6999 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7000 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7002 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7004 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7006 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7007 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7008 &loc->requested_address))
7010 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7011 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7012 loc->requested_address,
7015 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7016 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7018 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7019 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7020 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7021 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7023 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7028 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7032 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7034 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7037 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7039 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7044 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7045 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7046 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7048 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7049 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7050 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7053 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7054 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7055 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7057 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7059 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7061 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7062 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7064 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7065 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7067 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7068 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7071 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7072 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7073 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7074 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7075 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7076 is also returned as the value of this function.
7078 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7079 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7080 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7081 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7082 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7083 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7084 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7087 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7088 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7089 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7091 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7093 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7094 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7099 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7100 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7102 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7104 struct bp_location *bl;
7106 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7108 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7109 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7110 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7111 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7112 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7113 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7117 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7118 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7119 initiated the operation. */
7122 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7124 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7125 int thread = tp->num;
7127 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7128 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7129 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7130 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7131 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7132 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7133 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7134 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7136 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7137 struct breakpoint *clone;
7139 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7140 after their removal. */
7141 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7142 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7143 clone->thread = thread;
7146 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7149 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7151 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7153 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7156 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7158 if (b->thread == thread)
7159 delete_breakpoint (b);
7164 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7166 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7169 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7171 if (b->thread == thread)
7172 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7176 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7177 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7178 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7182 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7184 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7187 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7189 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7191 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7192 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7193 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7195 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7197 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7200 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7201 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7202 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7203 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7209 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7210 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7213 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7214 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7218 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7220 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7222 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7223 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7225 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7227 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7228 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7229 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7230 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7233 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7235 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7237 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7238 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7239 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7241 delete_breakpoint (b);
7246 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7248 struct breakpoint *b;
7251 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7253 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7254 update_global_location_list (1);
7255 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7260 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7262 struct breakpoint *b;
7265 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7267 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7268 update_global_location_list (0);
7269 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7273 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7274 master breakpoint. */
7276 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7278 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7281 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7282 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7284 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7285 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7289 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7291 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7293 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7296 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7297 delete_breakpoint (b);
7301 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7303 struct breakpoint *b;
7305 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7306 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7308 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7309 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7311 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7313 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7319 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7321 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7323 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7324 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7325 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7326 delete_breakpoint (b);
7329 struct lang_and_radix
7335 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7338 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7340 struct breakpoint *b;
7342 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7343 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7344 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7348 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7351 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7353 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7356 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7357 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7358 delete_breakpoint (b);
7362 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7364 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7367 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7368 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7369 delete_breakpoint (b);
7373 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7375 struct breakpoint *b;
7377 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7378 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7379 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7383 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7384 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7387 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7389 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7391 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7393 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7394 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7396 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7397 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7398 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7399 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7400 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7401 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7402 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7403 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7404 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7405 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7406 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7407 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7410 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7415 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7416 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7420 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7422 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7423 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7425 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7426 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7427 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7428 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7429 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7430 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7433 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7435 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7436 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7438 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7439 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7440 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7441 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7442 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7443 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7444 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7445 || is_tracepoint (b))
7446 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7448 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7449 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7450 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7451 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7454 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7455 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7457 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7459 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7460 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7461 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7464 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7469 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7471 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7472 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7473 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7474 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7475 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7477 struct fork_catchpoint
7479 /* The base class. */
7480 struct breakpoint base;
7482 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7483 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7484 catchpoint has triggered. */
7485 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7488 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7492 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7494 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7497 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7501 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7503 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7506 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7510 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7511 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7512 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7514 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7516 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7519 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7523 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7526 static enum print_stop_action
7527 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7529 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7530 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7531 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7533 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7534 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7535 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7537 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7538 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7540 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7541 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7542 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7544 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7545 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7546 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7547 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7548 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7551 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7555 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7557 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7558 struct value_print_options opts;
7559 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7561 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7563 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7564 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7566 if (opts.addressprint)
7567 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7569 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7570 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7572 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7573 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7574 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7575 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7578 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7579 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7582 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7586 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7588 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7591 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7595 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7597 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7598 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7601 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7603 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7605 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7609 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7611 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7614 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7618 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7620 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7623 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7627 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7628 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7629 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7631 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7633 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7636 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7640 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7643 static enum print_stop_action
7644 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7646 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7647 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7648 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7650 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7651 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7652 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7654 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7655 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7657 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7658 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7659 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7661 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7662 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7663 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7664 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7665 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7668 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7672 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7674 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7675 struct value_print_options opts;
7676 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7678 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7679 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7680 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7682 if (opts.addressprint)
7683 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7685 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7686 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7688 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7689 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7690 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7691 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7694 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7695 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7698 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7702 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7704 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7707 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7711 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7713 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7714 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7717 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7719 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7721 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7722 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7723 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7724 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7725 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7727 struct solib_catchpoint
7729 /* The base class. */
7730 struct breakpoint base;
7732 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7733 unsigned char is_load;
7735 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7736 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7742 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7744 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7747 regfree (&self->compiled);
7748 xfree (self->regex);
7750 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7754 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7760 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7766 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7767 struct address_space *aspace,
7769 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7771 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7772 struct breakpoint *other;
7774 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7779 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7781 if (other == bl->owner)
7784 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7787 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7790 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7792 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7801 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7803 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7804 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7809 struct so_list *iter;
7812 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7817 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7826 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7831 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7837 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7840 static enum print_stop_action
7841 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7843 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7844 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7846 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7847 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7848 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7850 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7851 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7852 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7853 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7854 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7855 print_solib_event (1);
7856 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7860 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7862 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7863 struct value_print_options opts;
7864 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7867 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7868 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7869 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7871 if (opts.addressprint)
7874 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7881 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7883 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7888 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7890 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7892 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7895 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7896 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7897 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7901 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7903 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7905 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7906 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7910 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7912 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7914 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7915 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7916 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7918 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7922 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7924 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7925 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7926 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7927 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7928 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7929 created in an enabled state. */
7932 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7934 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7935 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7936 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7940 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7942 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7943 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7949 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7952 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7954 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7955 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7957 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7960 c->is_load = is_load;
7961 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7962 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7964 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7966 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7967 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7970 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7974 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7975 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7978 const int enabled = 1;
7980 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7982 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7986 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7987 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7989 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7993 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7994 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7996 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7999 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8000 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8001 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8002 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8003 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8005 struct syscall_catchpoint
8007 /* The base class. */
8008 struct breakpoint base;
8010 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8011 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8012 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8013 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8014 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8017 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8021 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8023 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8025 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8027 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8030 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8032 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8034 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8035 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8036 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8038 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8039 int any_syscall_count;
8041 /* Count of each system call. */
8042 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8044 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8045 if any catching is necessary. */
8046 int total_syscalls_count;
8049 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8050 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8052 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8054 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8055 if (inf_data == NULL)
8057 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8058 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8065 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8071 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8075 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8077 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8078 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8079 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8080 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8082 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8083 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8084 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8090 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8095 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8097 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8098 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8099 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8101 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8102 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8103 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8105 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8106 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8108 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8109 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8113 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8114 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8115 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8117 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8119 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8122 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8126 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8128 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8129 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8130 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8131 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8133 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8134 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8135 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8141 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8145 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8146 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8148 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8149 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8153 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8154 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8155 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8157 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8159 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8162 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8166 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8167 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8168 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8170 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8171 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8172 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8173 int syscall_number = 0;
8174 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8175 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8177 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8178 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8181 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8183 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8184 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8189 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8191 if (syscall_number == iter)
8201 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8204 static enum print_stop_action
8205 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8207 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8208 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8209 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8210 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8211 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8212 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8214 struct target_waitstatus last;
8217 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8219 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8221 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8223 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8224 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8226 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8227 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8229 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8230 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8231 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8232 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8233 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8235 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8237 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8238 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8240 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8242 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8243 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8245 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8247 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8249 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8252 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8256 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8257 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8259 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8260 struct value_print_options opts;
8261 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8263 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8264 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8265 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8267 if (opts.addressprint)
8268 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8271 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8272 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8273 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8275 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8277 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8280 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8283 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8288 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8291 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8293 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8295 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8296 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8300 /* Remove the last comma. */
8301 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8302 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8305 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8306 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8308 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8309 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8312 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8316 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8318 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8320 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8324 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8325 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8327 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8330 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8334 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8337 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8339 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8341 printf_filtered (")");
8344 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8348 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8352 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8354 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8356 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8358 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8363 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8368 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8370 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8372 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8375 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8378 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8380 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8382 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8385 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8387 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8390 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8391 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8392 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8393 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8396 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8397 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8399 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8401 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8404 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8406 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8408 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8409 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8413 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8415 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8416 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8417 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8418 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8421 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8424 update_global_location_list (1);
8428 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8429 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8430 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8432 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8434 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8436 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8438 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8441 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8443 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8444 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8445 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8446 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8447 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8449 struct exec_catchpoint
8451 /* The base class. */
8452 struct breakpoint base;
8454 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8455 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8457 char *exec_pathname;
8460 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8464 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8466 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8468 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8470 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8474 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8476 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8480 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8482 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8486 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8487 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8488 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8490 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8492 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8495 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8499 static enum print_stop_action
8500 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8502 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8503 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8504 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8506 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8507 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8510 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8511 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8513 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8514 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8515 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8517 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8518 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8519 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8520 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8522 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8526 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8528 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8529 struct value_print_options opts;
8530 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8532 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8534 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8535 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8536 is relatively readable). */
8537 if (opts.addressprint)
8538 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8540 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8541 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8543 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8544 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8545 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8548 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8549 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8553 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8555 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8558 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8562 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8564 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8565 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8568 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8571 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8572 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8574 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8575 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8577 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8578 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8579 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8581 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8585 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8588 struct breakpoint *b;
8589 struct bp_location *bl;
8593 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8594 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8596 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8598 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8605 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8609 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8612 struct bp_location *bl;
8614 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8617 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8619 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8621 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8627 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8628 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8629 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8630 types _not_ TYPE. */
8633 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8634 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8637 struct breakpoint *b;
8639 *other_type_used = 0;
8644 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8647 if (b->type == type)
8648 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8649 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8650 *other_type_used = 1;
8657 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8659 struct breakpoint *b;
8663 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8665 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8666 update_global_location_list (0);
8672 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8674 struct breakpoint *b;
8678 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8680 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8681 update_global_location_list (1);
8687 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8689 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8690 update_global_location_list (0);
8694 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8696 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8697 breakpoint_re_set ();
8701 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8702 at address specified by SAL.
8703 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8706 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8707 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8709 struct breakpoint *b;
8711 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8713 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8715 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8716 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8717 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8718 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8720 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8721 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8723 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8724 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8726 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8731 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8732 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8735 static struct breakpoint *
8736 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8738 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8740 struct breakpoint *copy;
8742 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8743 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8744 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8746 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8747 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8748 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8749 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8750 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8751 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8752 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8753 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8754 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8755 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8756 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8758 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8759 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8760 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8762 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8766 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8770 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8772 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8776 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8780 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8783 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8785 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8787 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8788 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8790 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8794 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8797 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8799 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8800 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8802 printf_filtered ("\n");
8806 static struct bp_location *
8807 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8808 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8810 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8811 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8812 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8814 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8815 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8817 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8818 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8819 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8820 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8821 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8822 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8823 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8826 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8827 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8828 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8829 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8834 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8835 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8836 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8837 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8838 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8839 loc->section = sal->section;
8840 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8841 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8842 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8844 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8845 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8850 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8851 return 0 otherwise. */
8854 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8858 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8859 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8860 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8863 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8865 addr = loc->address;
8866 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8868 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8872 target_mem = alloca (len);
8874 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8875 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8876 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8877 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8879 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8880 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8882 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8883 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8886 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8891 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8892 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8895 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8897 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8898 char *printf_line = NULL;
8903 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8905 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8907 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8909 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8911 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8912 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8914 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8915 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8916 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8918 if (!dprintf_function)
8919 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8921 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8922 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8927 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8931 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8933 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8934 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8937 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8938 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8942 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8943 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8945 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8946 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8948 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
8949 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8951 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8952 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8953 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8954 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8955 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8956 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8958 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8962 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8963 current style settings. */
8966 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8967 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8969 struct breakpoint *b;
8973 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8974 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8978 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8979 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8980 as condition expression. */
8983 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8984 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8985 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8987 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8988 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8989 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8990 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8991 int display_canonical)
8995 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8997 int target_resources_ok;
8999 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9000 target_resources_ok =
9001 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9003 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9004 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9005 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9006 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9009 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9011 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9013 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9014 struct bp_location *loc;
9018 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9020 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9022 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9023 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9028 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9032 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9033 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9034 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9035 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9036 b->disposition = disposition;
9038 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9039 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9041 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9043 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9044 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9046 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9048 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9049 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9050 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9054 p = skip_spaces (p);
9056 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9058 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9059 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9061 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9063 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9065 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9067 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9068 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9070 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9072 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9075 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9076 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9083 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9084 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9088 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9089 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9093 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9095 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9096 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9098 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9101 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9102 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9103 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9105 if (b->extra_string)
9106 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9108 error (_("Format string required"));
9110 else if (b->extra_string)
9111 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9114 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9116 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9118 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9121 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9126 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9127 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9128 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9130 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9131 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9132 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9133 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9134 int display_canonical)
9136 struct breakpoint *b;
9137 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9139 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9141 struct tracepoint *t;
9143 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9147 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9149 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9151 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9153 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9155 thread, task, ignore_count,
9157 enabled, internal, flags,
9159 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9161 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9164 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9165 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9166 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9167 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9168 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9169 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9170 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9171 we take just a single condition string.
9173 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9174 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9175 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9176 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9177 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9180 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9181 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9182 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9183 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9184 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9185 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9186 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9189 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9191 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9192 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9194 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9196 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9197 'break', without arguments. */
9198 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9199 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9201 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9202 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9204 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9205 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9208 cond_string, extra_string,
9210 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9211 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9212 canonical->special_display);
9213 discard_cleanups (inner);
9217 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9218 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9219 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9220 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9222 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9223 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9226 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9227 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9229 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9231 if ((*address) == NULL
9232 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9234 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9236 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9238 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9239 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9242 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9243 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9244 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9246 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9247 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9248 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9249 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9250 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9251 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9253 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9255 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9256 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9257 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9258 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9259 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9261 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9263 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9264 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9265 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9267 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9270 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9274 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9276 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9277 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9278 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9279 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9281 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9282 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9283 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9285 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9286 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9287 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9288 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9289 get_last_displayed_line (),
9290 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9292 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9293 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9298 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9299 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9302 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9306 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9307 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9310 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9311 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9312 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9313 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9314 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9318 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9319 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9322 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9324 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9326 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9328 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9330 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9332 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9333 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9334 associated with SAL. */
9337 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9339 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9342 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9343 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9345 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9349 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9351 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9352 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9354 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9357 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9358 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9359 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9360 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9361 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9362 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9365 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9366 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9369 *cond_string = NULL;
9376 const char *end_tok;
9378 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9379 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9381 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9383 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9385 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9389 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9391 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9393 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9395 struct expression *expr;
9397 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9398 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9401 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9403 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9408 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9410 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9411 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9412 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9415 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9420 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9422 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9423 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9424 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9429 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9433 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9437 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9439 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9440 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9442 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9443 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9444 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9445 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9450 p = skip_spaces (p);
9452 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9454 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9455 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9457 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9458 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9459 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9461 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9462 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9464 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9466 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9468 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9470 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9472 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9473 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9475 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9478 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9484 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9485 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9486 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9487 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9488 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9489 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9490 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9491 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9492 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9493 was created; false otherwise. */
9496 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9497 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9498 int thread, char *extra_string,
9500 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9502 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9503 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9504 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9507 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9508 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9509 char *addr_start = arg;
9510 struct linespec_result canonical;
9511 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9512 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9515 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9517 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9519 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9521 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9523 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9524 addr_start, ©_arg);
9527 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9531 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9537 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9539 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9542 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9543 throw_exception (e);
9545 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9547 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9548 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9549 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9550 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9551 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9554 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9555 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9556 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9557 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9559 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9561 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9562 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9563 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9564 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9565 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9567 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9571 throw_exception (e);
9575 throw_exception (e);
9578 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9579 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9581 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9582 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9583 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9584 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9585 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9587 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9588 are ok for the target. */
9592 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9594 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9595 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9598 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9599 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9602 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9604 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9605 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9608 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9609 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9616 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9618 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9620 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9621 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9622 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9623 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9625 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9626 &thread, &task, &rest);
9628 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9630 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9632 extra_string = rest;
9637 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9639 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9642 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9643 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9645 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9648 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9649 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9653 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9654 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9655 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9656 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9657 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9661 struct breakpoint *b;
9663 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9665 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9667 struct tracepoint *t;
9669 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9673 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9675 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9677 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9679 b->cond_string = NULL;
9682 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9685 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9686 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9688 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9690 b->extra_string = NULL;
9691 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9692 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9693 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9694 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9695 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9696 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9697 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9699 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9702 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9704 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9705 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9706 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9709 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9711 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9712 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9713 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9715 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9716 update_global_location_list (1);
9721 /* Set a breakpoint.
9722 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9723 condition, and thread.
9724 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9725 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9729 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9731 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9732 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9733 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9735 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9736 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9738 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9739 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9740 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9742 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9744 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9746 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9747 tempflag, type_wanted,
9748 0 /* Ignore count */,
9749 pending_break_support,
9757 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9760 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9764 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9766 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9767 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9768 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9771 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9772 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9773 if (sal->explicit_line)
9774 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9777 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9779 struct blockvector *bv;
9783 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9786 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9789 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9790 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9794 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9795 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9796 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9797 happen in assembly source). */
9799 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9800 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9802 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9804 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9806 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9808 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9815 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9817 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9821 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9823 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9827 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9829 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9833 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9835 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9839 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9841 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9842 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9843 stop at <line>\n"));
9847 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9851 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9853 else if (*arg != '*')
9858 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9859 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9860 function/method name. */
9861 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9863 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9868 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9870 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9874 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9876 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9880 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9884 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9891 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9892 it is probably a line number. */
9893 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9895 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9900 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9902 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9906 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9908 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9911 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9912 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9913 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9917 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9919 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9921 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9923 0 /* Ignore count */,
9924 pending_break_support,
9925 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9933 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9935 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9938 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9939 ranged breakpoints. */
9942 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9943 struct address_space *aspace,
9945 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9947 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9948 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9951 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9952 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9955 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9956 ranged breakpoints. */
9959 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9961 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9964 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9965 ranged breakpoints. */
9967 static enum print_stop_action
9968 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9970 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9971 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9972 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9974 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9976 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9977 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9979 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9980 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9981 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9983 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9984 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9986 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9987 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9988 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9990 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9991 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9993 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9996 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9997 ranged breakpoints. */
10000 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10001 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10003 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10004 struct value_print_options opts;
10005 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10007 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10008 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10010 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10012 if (opts.addressprint)
10013 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10014 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10015 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10016 annotate_field (5);
10017 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10021 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10022 ranged breakpoints. */
10025 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10026 struct ui_out *uiout)
10028 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10029 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10030 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10031 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10035 address_start = bl->address;
10036 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10038 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10039 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10040 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10041 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10042 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10043 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10045 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10048 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10049 ranged breakpoints. */
10052 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10054 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10055 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10058 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10060 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10063 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10064 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10065 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10068 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10069 ranged breakpoints. */
10072 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10074 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10075 b->addr_string_range_end);
10076 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10079 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10081 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10083 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10084 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10085 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10086 last instruction of the given line. */
10089 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10093 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10094 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10095 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10102 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10104 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10106 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10113 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10116 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10118 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10119 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10120 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10122 struct breakpoint *b;
10123 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10124 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10125 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10127 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10128 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10129 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10131 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10132 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10133 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10135 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10136 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10138 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10139 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10140 error(_("No address range specified."));
10142 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10145 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10147 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10150 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10151 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10152 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10154 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10156 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10157 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10158 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10160 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10161 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10162 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10164 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10165 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10167 /* Parse the end location. */
10169 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10172 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10173 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10174 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10175 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10176 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10177 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10178 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10179 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10181 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10183 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10184 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10186 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10187 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10188 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10189 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10191 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10192 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10193 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10195 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10196 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10197 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10199 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10201 /* Length overflowed. */
10202 error (_("Address range too large."));
10203 else if (length == 1)
10205 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10206 the `hbreak' command. */
10207 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10209 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10214 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10215 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10216 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10217 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10218 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10219 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10220 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10221 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10222 b->loc->length = length;
10224 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10227 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10228 update_global_location_list (1);
10231 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10232 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10233 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10237 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10239 int i = exp->nelts;
10245 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10246 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10249 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10259 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10260 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10261 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10262 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10263 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10265 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10294 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10297 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10298 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10303 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10304 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10305 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10306 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10307 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10308 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10309 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10311 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10312 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10317 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10319 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10320 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10321 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10322 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10324 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10325 are always constant. */
10327 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10329 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10330 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10331 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10336 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10337 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10338 then it is not a constant. */
10347 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10350 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10352 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10354 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10356 xfree (w->exp_string);
10357 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10358 value_free (w->val);
10360 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10363 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10366 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10368 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10370 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10371 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10373 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10374 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10375 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10376 are loaded and unloaded.
10378 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10379 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10380 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10381 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10382 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10383 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10385 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10386 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10387 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10388 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10390 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10391 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10393 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10394 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10395 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10398 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10401 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10403 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10404 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10406 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10410 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10413 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10415 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10416 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10418 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10423 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10424 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10425 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10427 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10428 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10430 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10431 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10432 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10433 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10434 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10435 (did not match the data address). */
10436 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10437 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10444 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10446 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10448 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10451 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10452 hardware watchpoints. */
10455 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10457 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10458 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10460 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10463 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10464 hardware watchpoints. */
10467 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10469 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10470 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10473 static enum print_stop_action
10474 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10476 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10477 struct breakpoint *b;
10478 struct ui_file *stb;
10479 enum print_stop_action result;
10480 struct watchpoint *w;
10481 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10483 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10485 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10486 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10488 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10489 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10493 case bp_watchpoint:
10494 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10495 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10496 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10497 ui_out_field_string
10499 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10501 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10502 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10503 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10504 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10505 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10506 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10507 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10509 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10510 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10513 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10514 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10515 ui_out_field_string
10517 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10519 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10520 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10521 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10522 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10523 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10524 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10527 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10528 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10530 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10531 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10532 ui_out_field_string
10534 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10536 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10537 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10538 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10539 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10545 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10546 ui_out_field_string
10548 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10549 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10550 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10552 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10553 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10554 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10555 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10558 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10561 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10565 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10569 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10571 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10572 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10573 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10577 case bp_watchpoint:
10578 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10579 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10581 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10582 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10583 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10585 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10586 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10587 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10589 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10590 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10591 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10594 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10595 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10598 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10599 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10601 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10604 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10608 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10610 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10614 case bp_watchpoint:
10615 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10616 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10618 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10619 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10621 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10622 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10625 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10626 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10630 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10633 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10636 static enum bpstat_signal_value
10637 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10639 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10640 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10641 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10642 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
10644 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
10647 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10649 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10651 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10652 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10655 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10657 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10659 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10660 bl->watchpoint_type);
10663 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10664 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10667 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10669 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10671 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10672 bl->watchpoint_type);
10675 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10676 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10679 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10681 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10683 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10686 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10687 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10690 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10695 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10696 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10698 static enum print_stop_action
10699 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10701 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10702 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10704 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10705 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10709 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10710 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10711 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10712 ui_out_field_string
10714 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10717 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10718 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10719 ui_out_field_string
10721 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10724 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10725 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10726 ui_out_field_string
10728 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10731 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10732 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10736 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10737 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10738 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10739 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10741 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10742 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10745 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10746 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10749 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10750 struct ui_out *uiout)
10752 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10754 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10755 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10757 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10758 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10759 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10762 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10763 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10766 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10768 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10769 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10770 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10774 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10775 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10776 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10778 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10779 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10780 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10782 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10783 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10784 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10787 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10788 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10791 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10792 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10793 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10794 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10797 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10798 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10801 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10803 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10808 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10811 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10814 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10818 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10819 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10822 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10824 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10827 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10829 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10831 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10834 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10836 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10839 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10840 hw_read: watch read,
10841 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10843 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10844 int just_location, int internal)
10846 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10847 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10848 struct expression *exp;
10849 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10850 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10851 struct frame_info *frame;
10852 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10853 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10854 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10856 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10857 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10858 enum bptype bp_type;
10861 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10862 the hardware watchpoint. */
10864 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10865 struct watchpoint *w;
10867 struct cleanup *back_to;
10869 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10870 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10872 const char *value_start;
10874 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10876 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10877 of the arguments string. */
10878 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10880 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10881 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10884 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10885 This is the value of the parameter. */
10886 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10888 value_start = tok + 1;
10890 /* Skip whitespace. */
10891 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10896 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10897 This is the parameter itself. */
10898 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10901 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10903 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10905 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10906 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10907 only in a specific thread. */
10911 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10913 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10914 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10916 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10918 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10919 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10921 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10922 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10923 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10925 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10927 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10928 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10930 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10933 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10935 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10937 mark = value_mark ();
10938 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10939 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10940 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10943 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10946 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10947 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10954 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10955 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10957 innermost_block = NULL;
10958 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
10959 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
10960 exp_start = arg = expression;
10961 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10963 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10964 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10966 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10969 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10970 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10974 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10975 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10977 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10980 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10981 mark = value_mark ();
10982 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10988 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10989 val = value_addr (result);
10990 release_value (val);
10991 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10995 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10998 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10999 else if (ret == -2)
11000 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11003 else if (val != NULL)
11004 release_value (val);
11006 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11007 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11009 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11010 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11012 struct expression *cond;
11014 innermost_block = NULL;
11015 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11016 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11018 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11019 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11020 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11026 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11028 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11029 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11030 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11031 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11033 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11035 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11037 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11038 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11039 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11040 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11041 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11043 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11046 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11047 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11048 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11049 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11051 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11053 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11054 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11056 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11057 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11059 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11060 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11061 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11062 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11063 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11064 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11065 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11066 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11067 scope_breakpoint->type);
11071 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11073 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11076 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11077 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11079 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11080 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11081 b->thread = thread;
11082 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11083 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11085 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11086 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11089 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11090 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11093 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11094 name = type_to_string (t);
11096 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11097 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11100 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11101 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11103 /* The above expression is in C. */
11104 b->language = language_c;
11107 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11111 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11120 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11122 b->cond_string = 0;
11126 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11127 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11131 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11132 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11135 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11137 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11138 need to act on them together. */
11139 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11140 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11143 if (!just_location)
11144 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11146 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11148 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11149 that should be inserted. */
11150 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11154 delete_breakpoint (b);
11155 throw_exception (e);
11158 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11159 do_cleanups (back_to);
11162 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11163 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11166 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11168 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11169 struct value *head = v;
11171 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11172 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11175 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11176 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11177 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11178 hardware watchpoint.
11180 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11181 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11182 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11183 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11184 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11185 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11186 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11187 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11188 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11190 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11191 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11192 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11193 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11194 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11196 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11198 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11199 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11200 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11201 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11202 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11203 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11207 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11208 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11209 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11211 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11212 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11213 middle of some value chain. */
11215 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11216 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11218 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11222 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11223 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11224 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11226 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11230 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11234 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11235 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11236 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11237 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11238 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11241 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11242 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11243 return found_memory_cnt;
11247 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11249 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11252 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11253 calls watch_command_1. */
11256 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11258 int just_location = 0;
11261 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11262 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11264 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11268 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11272 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11274 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11278 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11280 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11284 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11286 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11290 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11292 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11296 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11298 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11302 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11303 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11305 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11307 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11308 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11312 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11313 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11314 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11317 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11319 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11321 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11322 if (a->breakpoint2)
11323 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11324 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11328 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11330 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11331 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11332 struct frame_info *frame;
11333 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11334 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11335 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11336 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11337 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11338 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11340 struct thread_info *tp;
11342 clear_proceed_status ();
11344 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11347 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11348 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11349 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11350 get_last_displayed_line ());
11352 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11353 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11355 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11356 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11358 sal = sals.sals[0];
11359 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11362 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11364 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11366 tp = inferior_thread ();
11369 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11371 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11372 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11373 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11376 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11377 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11378 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11379 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11381 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11384 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11386 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11388 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11389 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11390 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11394 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11396 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11397 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11400 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11404 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11405 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11406 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11407 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11409 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11410 only at the very same frame. */
11411 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11412 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11413 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11415 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11417 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11418 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11419 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11420 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11422 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11424 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11425 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11427 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11428 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11429 args->thread_num = thread;
11431 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11432 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11433 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11437 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11440 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11441 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11443 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11444 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11445 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11446 if clause in the arg string. */
11449 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11453 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11456 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11459 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11460 condition string. */
11461 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11462 cond_string = *arg;
11464 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11466 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11468 return cond_string;
11471 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11472 process start/exit, etc. */
11476 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11477 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11482 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11483 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11485 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11486 char *cond_string = NULL;
11487 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11490 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11491 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11492 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11496 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11498 /* The allowed syntax is:
11500 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11502 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11503 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11505 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11506 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11508 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11509 and enable reporting of such events. */
11512 case catch_fork_temporary:
11513 case catch_fork_permanent:
11514 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11515 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11517 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11518 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11519 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11520 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11523 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11529 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11530 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11532 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11533 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11535 char *cond_string = NULL;
11537 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11541 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11543 /* The allowed syntax is:
11545 catch exec if <cond>
11547 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11548 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11550 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11551 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11553 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11554 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11555 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11556 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11558 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11562 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11563 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11564 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11566 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11572 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11574 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11576 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11577 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11578 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11579 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11580 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11581 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11582 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11583 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11584 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11585 enough for now, though. */
11588 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11590 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11591 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11592 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11593 b->language = language_ada;
11596 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11597 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11599 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11601 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11602 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11604 while (*arg != '\0')
11606 int i, syscall_number;
11608 char cur_name[128];
11611 /* Skip whitespace. */
11612 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11614 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11615 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11616 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11619 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11620 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11621 if (*endptr == '\0')
11622 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11625 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11627 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11629 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11630 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11631 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11632 syscall number to be caught. */
11633 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11636 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11637 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11640 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11644 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11647 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11648 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11653 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11655 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11656 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11657 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11658 this architecture yet."));
11660 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11662 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11664 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11665 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11666 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11667 for his/her architecture. */
11668 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11670 /* The allowed syntax is:
11672 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11674 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11677 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11681 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11682 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11686 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11688 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11693 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11695 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11698 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11701 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11703 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11704 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11705 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11706 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11708 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11710 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11713 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11717 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11720 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11723 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11725 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11726 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11729 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11730 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11732 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11736 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11737 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11738 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11739 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11744 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11745 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11746 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11747 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11749 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11750 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11751 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11752 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11753 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11754 error (_("No source file specified."));
11756 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11762 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11763 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11764 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11765 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11767 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11768 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11769 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11770 due to optimization, all in one block.
11772 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11773 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11774 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11775 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11776 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11777 to support that. */
11779 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11780 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11781 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11785 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11786 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11788 const char *sal_fullname;
11790 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11791 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11792 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11795 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11800 1 0 <can't happen> */
11802 sal = sals.sals[i];
11803 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11804 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11806 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11807 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11810 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11811 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11813 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11814 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11816 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11817 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11818 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11820 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11821 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11822 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11823 || loc->section == sal.section));
11824 int line_match = 0;
11826 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11827 && loc->symtab != NULL
11828 && sal_fullname != NULL
11829 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11830 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11831 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11832 sal_fullname) == 0)
11835 if (pc_match || line_match)
11844 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11848 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11849 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11852 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11854 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11857 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11858 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11859 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11860 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11861 compare_breakpoints);
11862 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11863 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11867 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11872 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11873 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11876 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11877 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11879 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11882 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11885 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11886 delete_breakpoint (b);
11889 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11891 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11894 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11895 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11896 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11899 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11901 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11903 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11904 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11905 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11907 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11909 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11911 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11912 delete_breakpoint (b);
11916 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11917 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11918 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11919 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11920 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11921 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11924 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11926 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11927 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11928 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11929 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11930 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11932 if (a->address != b->address)
11933 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11935 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11936 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11939 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11940 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11941 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11943 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11944 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11945 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11947 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11948 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11949 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11951 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11952 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11953 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11955 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11958 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11959 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11960 content of the bp_location array. */
11963 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11965 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11967 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11968 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11970 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11972 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11974 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11977 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11978 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11980 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11981 addr = bl->address - start;
11982 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11983 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11985 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11987 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11988 addr = end - bl->address;
11989 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11990 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11994 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11997 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11999 struct breakpoint *b;
12000 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12002 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12005 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12007 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12009 struct bp_location *bl;
12010 struct tracepoint *t;
12011 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12013 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12014 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12015 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12018 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12020 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12021 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12022 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12023 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12026 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12028 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12031 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12033 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12034 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12035 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12036 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12039 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12042 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12045 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12047 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12048 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12049 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12050 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12052 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12053 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12054 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12055 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12056 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12058 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12059 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12060 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12061 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12062 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12063 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12064 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12065 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12068 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12069 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12070 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12074 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12076 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12077 struct bp_location *loc;
12078 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12081 address = bl->address;
12082 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12084 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12085 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12086 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12088 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12089 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12092 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12093 the same program space as the location
12094 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12095 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12096 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12100 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12101 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12104 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12105 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12106 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12107 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12108 that have already been marked. */
12109 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12111 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12113 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12115 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12116 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12121 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12122 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12123 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12124 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12125 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12126 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12127 returns true on them.
12129 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12130 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12131 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12132 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12133 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12134 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12137 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12139 struct breakpoint *b;
12140 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12141 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12142 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12143 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12144 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12145 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12147 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12148 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12149 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12150 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12151 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12153 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12154 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12155 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12156 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12158 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12159 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12160 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12161 unsigned old_location_count;
12163 old_location = bp_location;
12164 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12165 bp_location = NULL;
12166 bp_location_count = 0;
12167 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12170 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12171 bp_location_count++;
12173 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12174 locp = bp_location;
12175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12176 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12178 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12179 bp_location_compare);
12181 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12183 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12184 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12185 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12186 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12187 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12190 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12191 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12193 locp = bp_location;
12194 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12197 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12198 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12200 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12201 not, we have to free it. */
12202 int found_object = 0;
12203 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12204 int keep_in_target = 0;
12207 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12208 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12209 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12210 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12214 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12215 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12218 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12219 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12220 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12222 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12223 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12224 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12226 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12227 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12230 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12234 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12235 have to go through updates again. */
12236 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12238 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12240 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12242 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12243 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12244 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12245 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12246 at certain location is not inserted. */
12248 if (old_loc->inserted)
12250 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12253 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12255 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12256 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12257 keep_in_target = 1;
12261 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12262 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12263 remove its target-side condition. */
12265 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12266 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12267 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12268 this one from the target. */
12270 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12271 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12274 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12275 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12278 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12280 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12282 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12283 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12284 supported, but the latter are. */
12285 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12287 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12288 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12291 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12292 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12294 if (loc2 != old_loc
12295 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12297 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12298 keep_in_target = 1;
12306 if (!keep_in_target)
12308 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12310 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12311 this location on the global list, and try to
12312 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12313 reason why we will succeed next time.
12315 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12316 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12317 only after calling us. */
12318 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12319 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12320 old_loc->owner->number);
12328 if (removed && non_stop
12329 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12330 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12332 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12333 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12334 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12335 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12336 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12337 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12338 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12339 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12340 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12341 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12342 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12343 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12344 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12345 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12348 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12349 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12351 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12352 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12353 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12354 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12355 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12356 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12357 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12358 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12359 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12360 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12361 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12362 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12363 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12366 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12367 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12368 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12369 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12371 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12372 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12373 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12374 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12375 traps we can no longer explain. */
12377 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12378 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12380 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12384 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12385 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12390 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12391 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12392 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12393 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12394 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12395 are sorted first for the same address.
12397 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12398 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12400 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12401 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12402 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12403 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12404 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12406 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12408 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12411 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12412 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12413 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12414 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12415 `struct bp_location'. */
12416 || is_tracepoint (b))
12418 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12419 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12423 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12424 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12425 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12426 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12427 "actually inserted"));
12429 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12430 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12431 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12432 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12433 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12434 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12436 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12438 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12439 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12440 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12442 *loc_first_p = loc;
12443 loc->duplicate = 0;
12445 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12447 loc->needs_update = 1;
12448 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12449 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12455 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12456 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12457 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12459 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12460 loc->duplicate = 1;
12462 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12463 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12465 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12466 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12467 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12468 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12469 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12472 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12473 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12474 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12477 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12480 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12481 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12482 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12484 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12489 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12491 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12495 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12497 struct bp_location *loc;
12500 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12501 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12503 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12504 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12510 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12512 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12514 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12515 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12518 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12521 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12525 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12526 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12528 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12529 bs->old_val = NULL;
12530 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12534 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12536 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12538 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12540 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12544 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12548 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12550 struct value_print_options opts;
12552 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12554 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12556 if (b->loc == NULL)
12558 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12562 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12564 printf_filtered (" at ");
12565 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12568 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12570 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12572 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12573 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12574 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12575 b->loc->line_number);
12577 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12578 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12579 real situation somewhat. */
12580 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12585 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12587 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12589 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12594 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12597 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12599 xfree (self->cond);
12600 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12601 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12602 xfree (self->function_name);
12605 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12610 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12614 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12616 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12617 xfree (self->cond_string);
12618 xfree (self->extra_string);
12619 xfree (self->addr_string);
12620 xfree (self->filter);
12621 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12624 static struct bp_location *
12625 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12627 struct bp_location *loc;
12629 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12630 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12635 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12637 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12640 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12641 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12644 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12646 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12650 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12652 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12656 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12657 struct address_space *aspace,
12659 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12661 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12665 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12670 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12674 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12676 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12679 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12683 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12685 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12688 static enum print_stop_action
12689 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12691 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12695 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12696 struct ui_out *uiout)
12702 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12704 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12708 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12710 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12714 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12715 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12716 enum bptype type_wanted,
12720 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12724 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12725 struct linespec_result *c,
12727 char *extra_string,
12728 enum bptype type_wanted,
12729 enum bpdisp disposition,
12731 int task, int ignore_count,
12732 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12733 int from_tty, int enabled,
12734 int internal, unsigned flags)
12736 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12740 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12741 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12743 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12746 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12748 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12749 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12751 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12754 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12757 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12759 /* Nothing to do. */
12762 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12764 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12765 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12766 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12767 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12768 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12769 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12770 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12771 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12772 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12773 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12775 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12776 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12777 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12778 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12779 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12780 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12781 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12782 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12785 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12788 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12790 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12791 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12793 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12794 delete_breakpoint (b);
12798 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12802 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12804 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12805 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12808 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12813 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12815 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12816 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12818 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12822 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12823 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12824 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12826 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12827 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12830 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12834 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12835 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12836 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12843 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12845 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12850 static enum print_stop_action
12851 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12853 struct breakpoint *b;
12854 const struct bp_location *bl;
12856 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12858 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12860 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12861 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12863 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12864 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12865 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12868 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12870 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12872 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12873 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12875 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12876 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12877 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12879 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12880 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12882 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12886 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12888 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12893 case bp_breakpoint:
12894 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12895 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12896 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12898 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12899 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12900 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12901 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12903 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12904 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12907 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12915 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12917 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12918 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12919 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12921 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12922 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12924 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12925 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12927 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12928 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12930 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12931 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12935 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12936 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12937 enum bptype type_wanted,
12938 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12940 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12941 addr_start, copy_arg);
12945 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12946 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12948 char *extra_string,
12949 enum bptype type_wanted,
12950 enum bpdisp disposition,
12952 int task, int ignore_count,
12953 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12954 int from_tty, int enabled,
12955 int internal, unsigned flags)
12957 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12958 cond_string, extra_string,
12960 disposition, thread, task,
12961 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12962 enabled, internal, flags);
12966 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12967 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12969 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12972 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12975 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12979 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12980 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12981 case bp_overlay_event:
12982 case bp_longjmp_master:
12983 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12984 case bp_exception_master:
12985 delete_breakpoint (b);
12988 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12989 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12990 case bp_shlib_event:
12992 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12993 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12994 case bp_thread_event:
13000 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13002 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13004 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13005 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13006 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13007 objects (among other things). */
13008 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13009 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13015 static enum print_stop_action
13016 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13018 struct breakpoint *b;
13020 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13024 case bp_shlib_event:
13025 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13026 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13027 to shlib event" message.) */
13028 print_solib_event (0);
13031 case bp_thread_event:
13032 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13033 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13034 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13037 case bp_overlay_event:
13038 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13039 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13042 case bp_longjmp_master:
13043 /* These should never be enabled. */
13044 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13047 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13048 /* These should never be enabled. */
13049 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13050 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13053 case bp_exception_master:
13054 /* These should never be enabled. */
13055 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13056 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13060 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13064 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13066 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13069 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13072 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13074 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13075 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13076 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13077 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13081 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13083 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13086 static enum print_stop_action
13087 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13089 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13091 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13093 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13098 ui_out_field_string
13100 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13104 ui_out_field_string
13106 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13111 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13115 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13117 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13120 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13122 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13123 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13126 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13128 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13131 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13133 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13136 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13139 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13141 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13145 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13147 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13154 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13156 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13157 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13159 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13163 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13164 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13165 enum bptype type_wanted,
13166 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13168 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13170 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13172 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13173 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13175 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13179 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13180 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13182 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13184 error (_("probe not found"));
13187 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13190 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13192 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13196 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13197 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13198 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13200 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13206 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13207 struct ui_out *uiout)
13209 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13210 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13212 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13214 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13215 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13216 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13217 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13222 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13224 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13229 case bp_tracepoint:
13230 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13231 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13233 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13234 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13235 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13237 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13238 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13239 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13242 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13243 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13250 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13252 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13254 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13255 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13256 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13257 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13258 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13259 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13261 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13262 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13264 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13265 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13267 if (tp->pass_count)
13268 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13272 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13273 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13274 enum bptype type_wanted,
13275 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13277 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13278 addr_start, copy_arg);
13282 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13283 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13285 char *extra_string,
13286 enum bptype type_wanted,
13287 enum bpdisp disposition,
13289 int task, int ignore_count,
13290 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13291 int from_tty, int enabled,
13292 int internal, unsigned flags)
13294 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13295 cond_string, extra_string,
13297 disposition, thread, task,
13298 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13299 enabled, internal, flags);
13303 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13304 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13306 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13309 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13311 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13315 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13316 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13317 enum bptype type_wanted,
13318 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13320 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13321 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13322 addr_start, copy_arg);
13326 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13327 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13329 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13330 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13333 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13335 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13338 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13340 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13342 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13343 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13344 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13345 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13347 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13348 error (_("Format string required"));
13350 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13351 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13352 3 - disconnect from target 1
13353 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13355 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13356 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13357 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13358 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13359 it all the time. */
13360 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13361 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13364 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13367 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13371 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13374 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13377 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13378 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13379 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13380 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13381 address are all handled. */
13384 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13386 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13387 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13388 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13390 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13391 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13392 condition not be evaluated. */
13395 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13396 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13397 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13398 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13399 commands here throws. */
13400 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13401 bs->commands = NULL;
13402 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13404 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13406 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13407 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13409 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13412 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13416 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13417 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13418 enum bptype type_wanted,
13419 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13421 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13423 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13425 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13427 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13428 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13429 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13433 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13434 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13436 char *extra_string,
13437 enum bptype type_wanted,
13438 enum bpdisp disposition,
13440 int task, int ignore_count,
13441 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13442 int from_tty, int enabled,
13443 int internal, unsigned flags)
13446 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13447 canonical->sals, 0);
13449 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13450 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13451 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13452 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13453 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13454 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13456 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13458 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13459 struct tracepoint *tp;
13460 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13463 expanded.nelts = 1;
13464 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13466 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13467 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13469 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13470 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13472 cond_string, extra_string,
13473 type_wanted, disposition,
13474 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13475 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13476 canonical->special_display);
13477 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13478 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13479 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13480 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13481 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13482 corresponds to this one */
13483 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13485 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13487 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13492 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13493 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13495 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13497 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13498 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13500 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13504 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13507 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13510 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13512 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13515 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13519 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13521 struct breakpoint *b;
13523 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13525 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13526 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13529 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13530 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13531 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13532 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13533 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13536 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13537 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13538 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13539 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13541 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13544 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13545 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13546 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13548 struct breakpoint *related;
13549 struct watchpoint *w;
13551 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13552 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13553 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13554 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13558 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13560 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13561 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13562 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13563 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13564 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13567 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13568 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13569 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13570 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13572 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13574 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13575 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13578 if (b->next == bpt)
13580 b->next = bpt->next;
13584 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13586 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13587 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13588 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13589 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13590 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13591 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13592 commands won't work. */
13594 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13596 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13597 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13598 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13599 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13600 might be better design to have location completely
13601 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13602 update_global_location_list (0);
13604 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13605 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13606 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13607 bpt->type = bp_none;
13612 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13614 delete_breakpoint (b);
13618 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13620 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13623 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13624 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13627 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13628 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13632 struct breakpoint *related;
13637 struct breakpoint *next;
13639 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13640 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13642 if (next == related)
13644 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13645 function (related, data);
13647 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13648 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13653 function (related, data);
13657 while (related != b);
13661 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13663 delete_breakpoint (b);
13666 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13667 delete_breakpoint. */
13670 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13672 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13676 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13678 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13684 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13686 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13687 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13688 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13690 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13692 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13696 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13698 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13700 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13701 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13702 delete_breakpoint (b);
13706 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13710 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13712 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13713 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13714 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13719 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13720 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13721 Null names are ignored. */
13724 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13726 struct bp_location *l;
13727 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13728 (int (*) (const void *,
13729 const void *)) streq,
13730 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13732 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13735 const char *name = l->function_name;
13737 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13741 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13743 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13747 htab_delete (htab);
13753 htab_delete (htab);
13757 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13758 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13759 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13760 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13761 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13762 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13763 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13764 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13767 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13768 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13769 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13770 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13771 in the sources, and output a warning.
13773 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13774 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13775 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13776 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13777 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13780 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13781 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13782 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13783 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13784 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13785 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13786 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13787 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13788 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13790 static struct symtab_and_line
13791 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13793 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13794 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13799 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13801 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13803 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13804 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13806 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13808 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13809 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13810 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13815 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13817 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13819 && sal.symtab != NULL
13820 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13822 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13825 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13827 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13829 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13830 struct symbol *sym;
13831 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13832 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13834 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13836 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13837 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13839 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13840 "found at previous line number"),
13841 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13845 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13847 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13848 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13849 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13852 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13853 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13854 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13856 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13857 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13858 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13860 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13862 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13864 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13867 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13868 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13870 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13871 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13873 xfree (b->addr_string);
13874 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13875 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13876 b->loc->line_number);
13878 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13881 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13887 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13888 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13891 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13895 if (a->address != b->address)
13898 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13901 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13908 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13914 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13915 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13916 a ranged breakpoint. */
13919 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13920 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13921 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13924 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13926 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13928 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13930 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13931 update_global_location_list (1);
13932 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13933 "multiple locations found\n"),
13938 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13939 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13940 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13941 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13942 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13943 individual locations. */
13944 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13949 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13951 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13953 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13955 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13957 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13959 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13962 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13964 s = b->cond_string;
13965 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13967 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13968 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13973 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13974 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13975 b->number, e.message);
13976 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13980 if (sals_end.nelts)
13982 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13984 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13988 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13989 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13990 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13992 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13995 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13996 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13997 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13998 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13999 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14000 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14001 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14003 for (; e; e = e->next)
14005 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14007 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14008 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14010 for (; l; l = l->next)
14011 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14019 for (; l; l = l->next)
14020 if (l->function_name
14021 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14031 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14032 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14034 update_global_location_list (1);
14037 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14038 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14040 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14041 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14044 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14045 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14047 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14050 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14052 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14056 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14057 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14058 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14059 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14060 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14061 state, then user already saw the message about that
14062 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14064 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14065 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14066 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14067 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14068 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14069 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14071 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14073 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14074 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14075 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14076 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14077 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14078 which approach is better. */
14079 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14080 throw_exception (e);
14084 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14088 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14089 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14090 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14092 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14095 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14096 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14099 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14100 b->thread = thread;
14103 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14104 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14107 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14108 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14118 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14119 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14123 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14126 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14127 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14128 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14130 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14133 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14137 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14139 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14142 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14143 expanded_end = sals_end;
14147 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14150 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14151 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14154 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14155 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14156 enum bptype type_wanted,
14157 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14159 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14162 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14163 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14167 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14168 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14170 char *extra_string,
14171 enum bptype type_wanted,
14172 enum bpdisp disposition,
14174 int task, int ignore_count,
14175 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14176 int from_tty, int enabled,
14177 int internal, unsigned flags)
14179 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14181 type_wanted, disposition,
14182 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14183 enabled, internal, flags);
14186 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14187 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14190 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14191 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14193 struct linespec_result canonical;
14195 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14196 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14197 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14198 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14201 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14202 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14204 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14206 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14208 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14209 *sals = lsal->sals;
14210 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14212 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14215 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14218 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14220 static struct cleanup *
14221 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14223 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14225 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14226 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14227 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14228 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14229 set_language (b->language);
14234 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14235 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14236 Unused in this case. */
14239 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14241 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14242 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14243 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14245 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14246 b->ops->re_set (b);
14247 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14251 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14253 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14255 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14256 enum language save_language;
14257 int save_input_radix;
14258 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14260 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14261 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14262 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14264 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14266 /* Format possible error msg. */
14267 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14269 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14270 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14271 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14273 set_language (save_language);
14274 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14276 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14278 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14280 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14281 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14282 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14283 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14286 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14288 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14289 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14291 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14293 if (b->thread != -1)
14295 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14296 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14298 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14299 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14300 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14302 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14306 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14307 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14308 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14311 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14313 struct breakpoint *b;
14318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14319 if (b->number == bptnum)
14321 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14323 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14324 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14329 b->ignore_count = count;
14333 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14334 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14336 else if (count == 1)
14337 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14340 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14341 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14344 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14348 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14351 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14354 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14360 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14362 num = get_number (&p);
14364 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14366 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14368 set_ignore_count (num,
14369 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14372 printf_filtered ("\n");
14375 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14376 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14379 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14384 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14386 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14389 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14391 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14393 while (!state.finished)
14395 char *p = state.string;
14399 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14402 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14407 if (b->number == num)
14410 function (b, data);
14414 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14419 static struct bp_location *
14420 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14422 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14426 struct breakpoint *b;
14427 struct bp_location *loc;
14432 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14434 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14436 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14437 if (b->number == bp_num)
14442 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14443 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14446 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14448 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14452 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14455 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14461 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14462 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14463 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14466 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14468 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14469 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14470 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14471 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14474 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14475 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14478 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14480 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14481 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14483 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14484 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14486 struct bp_location *location;
14488 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14489 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14492 update_global_location_list (0);
14494 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14497 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14500 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14502 disable_breakpoint (b);
14505 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14506 disable_breakpoint. */
14509 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14511 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14515 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14519 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14522 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14523 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14525 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14527 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14533 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14535 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14536 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14537 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14538 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14540 update_global_location_list (0);
14543 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14547 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14550 int target_resources_ok;
14552 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14555 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14556 target_resources_ok =
14557 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14559 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14560 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14561 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14562 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14565 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14567 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14568 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14569 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14571 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14573 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14575 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14576 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14577 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14581 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14582 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14588 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14589 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14591 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14593 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14594 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14596 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14597 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14599 struct bp_location *location;
14601 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14602 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14605 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14606 bpt->enable_count = count;
14607 update_global_location_list (1);
14609 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14614 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14616 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14620 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14622 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14625 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14626 enable_breakpoint. */
14629 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14631 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14634 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14635 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14636 in stopping the inferior. */
14639 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14643 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14646 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14647 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14649 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14651 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14657 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14659 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14660 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14661 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14662 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14664 update_global_location_list (1);
14667 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14670 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14680 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14682 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14684 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14688 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14690 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14692 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14696 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14698 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14702 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14704 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14706 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14710 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14712 int count = get_number (&args);
14714 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14718 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14720 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14722 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14726 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14728 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14732 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14737 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14741 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14742 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14746 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14747 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14748 const bfd_byte *data)
14750 struct breakpoint *bp;
14752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14753 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14754 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14756 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14758 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14760 struct bp_location *loc;
14762 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14763 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14764 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14765 && addr + len > loc->address)
14767 value_free (wp->val);
14775 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14776 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14777 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14778 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14782 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14783 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14785 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14787 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14789 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14790 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14792 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14794 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14802 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14803 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14806 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14808 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14811 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14817 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14820 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14821 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14823 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14826 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14827 struct address_space *aspace,
14832 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14834 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14835 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14839 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14840 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14841 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14844 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14845 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14846 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14847 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14848 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14849 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14851 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14852 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14853 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14854 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14857 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14858 were inserted or not. */
14861 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14863 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14864 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14867 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14870 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14872 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14874 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14876 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14877 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14878 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14879 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14881 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14883 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14884 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14885 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14886 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14890 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14891 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14892 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14896 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14900 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14901 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14903 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14904 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14905 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14909 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14913 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14917 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14918 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14919 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14920 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14923 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14927 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14932 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14934 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14936 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14937 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14945 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14946 non-zero otherwise. */
14948 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14950 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14951 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14952 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14959 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14961 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14962 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14964 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14968 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14970 struct breakpoint *bp;
14972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14973 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14975 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14977 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14981 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14983 if (syscall_number == iter)
14993 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14994 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14995 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14996 const char *text, const char *word)
14998 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14999 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15000 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15006 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15008 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15010 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15012 tracepoint_count = num;
15013 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15017 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15019 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15020 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15022 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15023 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15025 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15027 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15029 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15031 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15032 0 /* Ignore count */,
15033 pending_break_support,
15037 0 /* internal */, 0);
15041 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15043 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15045 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15047 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15048 0 /* Ignore count */,
15049 pending_break_support,
15050 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15053 0 /* internal */, 0);
15056 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15059 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15061 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15063 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15064 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15065 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15066 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15068 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15070 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15072 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15074 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15075 0 /* Ignore count */,
15076 pending_break_support,
15080 0 /* internal */, 0);
15083 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15084 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15086 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15087 static int next_cmd;
15090 read_uploaded_action (void)
15094 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15101 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15102 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15103 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15104 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15105 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15107 struct tracepoint *
15108 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15110 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15111 struct tracepoint *tp;
15113 if (utp->at_string)
15114 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15117 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15118 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15119 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15121 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15122 "source location, using raw address"),
15124 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15125 addr_str = small_buf;
15128 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15129 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15130 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15131 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15134 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15136 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15137 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15139 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15140 0 /* Ignore count */,
15141 pending_break_support,
15142 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15144 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15146 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15149 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15150 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15151 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15155 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15158 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15161 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15162 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15163 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15165 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15167 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15172 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15174 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15176 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15177 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15178 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15179 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15182 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15183 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15184 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15189 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15193 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15195 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15198 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15200 if (num_printed == 0)
15202 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15203 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15205 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15208 default_collect_info ();
15211 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15212 Not supported by all targets. */
15214 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15216 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15219 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15220 Not supported by all targets. */
15222 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15224 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15227 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15229 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15231 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15237 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15239 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15240 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15241 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15243 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15244 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15246 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15250 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15252 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15254 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15255 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15256 delete_breakpoint (b);
15260 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15263 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15266 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15268 tp->pass_count = count;
15269 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15271 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15272 tp->base.number, count);
15275 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15277 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15278 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15279 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15282 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15284 struct tracepoint *t1;
15285 unsigned int count;
15287 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15288 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15289 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15291 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15293 args = skip_spaces (args);
15294 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15296 struct breakpoint *b;
15298 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15300 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15302 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15304 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15305 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15308 else if (*args == '\0')
15310 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15312 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15316 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15318 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15319 while (!state.finished)
15321 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15323 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15328 struct tracepoint *
15329 get_tracepoint (int num)
15331 struct breakpoint *t;
15333 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15334 if (t->number == num)
15335 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15340 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15341 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15344 struct tracepoint *
15345 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15347 struct breakpoint *b;
15349 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15351 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15353 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15360 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15361 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15362 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15363 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15364 struct tracepoint *
15365 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15366 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15369 struct breakpoint *t;
15371 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15375 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15376 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15378 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15381 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15383 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15386 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15390 if (instring && *instring)
15391 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15394 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15395 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15399 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15400 if (t->number == tpnum)
15402 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15405 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15410 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15412 if (b->thread != -1)
15413 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15416 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15418 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15421 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15422 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15423 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15427 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15428 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15430 struct breakpoint *tp;
15433 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15434 struct ui_file *fp;
15435 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15437 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15438 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15440 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15441 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15443 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15444 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15447 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15448 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15453 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15455 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15457 /* We can stop searching. */
15464 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15468 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15469 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15470 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15472 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15473 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15474 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15476 if (extra_trace_bits)
15477 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15479 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15481 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15482 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15485 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15486 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15489 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15491 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15492 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15495 if (tp->cond_string)
15496 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15498 if (tp->ignore_count)
15499 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15501 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15503 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15505 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15507 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15508 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15510 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15512 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15515 throw_exception (ex);
15517 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15520 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15523 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15524 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15525 special, and not user visible. */
15526 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15528 struct bp_location *loc;
15531 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15533 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15537 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15538 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15540 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15542 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15545 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15548 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15550 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15553 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15556 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15558 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15561 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15563 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15564 all_tracepoints (void)
15566 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15567 struct breakpoint *tp;
15569 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15571 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15578 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15579 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15580 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15582 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15583 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15584 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15585 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15586 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15587 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15588 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15589 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15590 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15591 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15592 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15594 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15595 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15597 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15598 conditions are different.\n\
15600 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15602 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15603 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15605 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15606 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15609 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15610 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15611 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15612 completer_ftype *completer,
15613 void *user_data_catch,
15614 void *user_data_tcatch)
15616 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15618 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15620 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15621 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15622 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15624 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15626 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15627 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15628 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15632 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15634 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15635 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15637 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15638 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15639 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15643 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15645 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15646 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15647 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15650 struct breakpoint *
15651 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15654 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15658 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15665 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15666 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15669 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15671 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15672 non-inline function. */
15673 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15679 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15680 have been inlined. */
15683 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15684 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15686 struct breakpoint *b;
15687 struct bp_location *bl;
15689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15691 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15694 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15696 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15697 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15705 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15708 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15710 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15712 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15713 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15714 loc->symtab = NULL;
15718 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15720 static int initialized = 0;
15722 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15728 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15729 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15730 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15731 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15732 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15733 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15734 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15735 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15736 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15737 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15738 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15739 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15741 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15742 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15743 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15744 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15745 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15746 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15747 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15748 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15750 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15751 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15752 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15753 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15754 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15755 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15756 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15757 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15758 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15759 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15761 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15762 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15763 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15764 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15765 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15766 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15767 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15769 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15770 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15771 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15772 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15773 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15774 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15775 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15777 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15778 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15779 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15780 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15782 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15783 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15784 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15785 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15786 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15787 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15788 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15791 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15792 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15793 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15794 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15795 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15796 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15797 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15798 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15799 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15800 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15801 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15802 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15803 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15804 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15806 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15807 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15808 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15809 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15810 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15811 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15812 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15813 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15814 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15815 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15816 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15819 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15820 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15821 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15822 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15823 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15824 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15825 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15826 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15827 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15828 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15830 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15831 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15832 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15833 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15834 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15836 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15837 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15838 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15839 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15840 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15841 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15843 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15844 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15845 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15846 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15847 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15848 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15849 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15850 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15851 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15852 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15854 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15855 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15856 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15857 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15858 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15859 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15860 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15861 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15862 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15863 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15865 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15866 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15867 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15868 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15869 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15870 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15871 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15872 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15873 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15874 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15875 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15877 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15878 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15879 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15880 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15881 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15882 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15883 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15884 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15885 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15886 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15887 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15889 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15890 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15891 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15892 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15893 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15894 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15895 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15896 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15897 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15898 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15899 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15900 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15902 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15903 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15904 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15905 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15906 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15907 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15908 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15909 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15912 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15914 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15917 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15919 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15921 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15923 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15924 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15925 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15927 breakpoint_objfile_key
15928 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15930 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15931 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15932 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15934 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15935 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15936 before a breakpoint is set. */
15937 breakpoint_count = 0;
15939 tracepoint_count = 0;
15941 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15942 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15943 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15945 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15947 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15948 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15949 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15950 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15951 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15952 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15953 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15954 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15956 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15957 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15958 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15959 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15960 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15962 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15963 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15964 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15965 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15966 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15968 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15969 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15971 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15972 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15973 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15974 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15976 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15977 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15979 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15980 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15981 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15982 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15984 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15985 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15987 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15988 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15989 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15990 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15991 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15992 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15993 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15995 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15996 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15997 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15998 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15999 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16000 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16002 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16004 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16005 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16006 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16007 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16008 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16009 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16011 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16012 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16013 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16016 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16017 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16018 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16021 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16022 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16023 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16024 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16027 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16028 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16029 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16032 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16033 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16034 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16037 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16038 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16039 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16040 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16043 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16044 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16045 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16046 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16047 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16048 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16049 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16050 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16052 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16053 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16054 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16055 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16056 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16058 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16059 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16060 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16061 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16062 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16063 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16066 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16067 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16068 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16069 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16071 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16072 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16073 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16074 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16075 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16077 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16078 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16079 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16080 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16082 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16083 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16084 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16085 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16086 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16089 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16090 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16091 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16092 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16093 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16094 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16096 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16097 is executing in.\n\
16099 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16100 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16102 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16103 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16104 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16105 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16107 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16108 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16109 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16110 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16113 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16117 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16118 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16119 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16120 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16121 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16122 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16123 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16124 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16125 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16126 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16127 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16128 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16129 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16130 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16131 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16132 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16134 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16135 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16136 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16137 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16138 breakpoint set."));
16141 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16142 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16143 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16144 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16145 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16146 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16147 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16148 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16149 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16151 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16152 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16153 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16154 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16155 breakpoint set."));
16157 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16160 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16161 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16162 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16163 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16164 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16165 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16166 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16167 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16168 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16170 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16171 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16172 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16173 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16174 breakpoint set."));
16176 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16177 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16178 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16179 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16180 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16181 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16182 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16183 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16184 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16185 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16186 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16187 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16188 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16190 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16191 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16192 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16193 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16195 &maintenanceinfolist);
16197 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16198 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16199 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16200 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16202 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16203 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16204 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16205 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16207 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16208 catch_fork_command_1,
16210 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16211 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16212 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16213 catch_fork_command_1,
16215 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16216 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16217 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16218 catch_exec_command_1,
16222 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16223 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16224 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16225 catch_load_command_1,
16229 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16230 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16231 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16232 catch_unload_command_1,
16236 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16237 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16238 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16239 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16240 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16241 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16242 catch_syscall_command_1,
16243 catch_syscall_completer,
16247 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16248 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16249 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16250 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16251 an expression changes.\n\
16252 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16253 the memory to which it refers."));
16254 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16256 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16257 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16258 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16259 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16260 an expression is read.\n\
16261 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16262 the memory to which it refers."));
16263 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16265 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16266 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16267 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16268 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16269 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16270 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16271 the memory to which it refers."));
16272 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16274 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16275 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16277 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16278 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16279 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16280 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16281 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16282 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16283 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16284 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16285 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16288 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16289 &setlist, &showlist);
16291 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16293 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16295 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16296 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16298 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16299 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16300 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16302 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16303 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16304 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16305 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16307 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16308 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16310 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16311 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16312 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16314 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16315 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16317 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16318 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16319 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16320 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16321 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16322 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16323 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16324 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16325 the selected stack frame.\n\
16326 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16327 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16328 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16329 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16331 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16333 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16334 conditions are different.\n\
16336 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16337 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16338 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16340 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16341 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16342 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16343 last tracepoint set."));
16345 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16347 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16348 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16349 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16350 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16352 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16354 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16355 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16356 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16357 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16359 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16361 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16362 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16363 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16364 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16366 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16368 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16369 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16370 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16371 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16372 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16374 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16375 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16376 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16377 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16379 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16380 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16381 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16382 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16383 session to restore them."),
16385 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16387 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16388 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16389 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16391 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16393 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16394 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16396 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16397 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16398 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16399 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16400 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16401 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16402 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16403 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16404 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16405 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16406 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16407 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16409 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16410 &pending_break_support, _("\
16411 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16412 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16413 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16414 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16415 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16416 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16418 show_pending_break_support,
16419 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16420 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16422 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16424 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16425 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16426 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16427 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16428 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16429 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16430 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16432 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16433 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16434 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16436 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16437 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16438 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16439 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16440 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16441 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16442 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16443 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16444 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16445 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16446 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16447 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16449 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16450 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16451 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16453 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16454 condition_evaluation_enums,
16455 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16456 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16457 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16458 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16459 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16460 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16461 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16462 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16463 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16464 be set to \"gdb\""),
16465 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16466 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16467 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16468 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16470 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16471 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16472 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16473 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16474 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16475 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16476 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16477 or the start of the range\n\
16478 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16479 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16480 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16482 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16483 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16484 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16486 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16487 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16488 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16489 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16490 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16491 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16492 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16494 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16495 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16496 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16497 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16498 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16499 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16500 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16501 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16502 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16503 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16504 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16505 &setlist, &showlist);
16507 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16508 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16509 &dprintf_function, _("\
16510 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16511 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16512 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16513 &setlist, &showlist);
16515 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16516 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16517 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16518 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16519 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16520 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16521 &setlist, &showlist);
16523 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16524 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16525 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16526 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16527 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16528 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16531 &setlist, &showlist);
16533 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16534 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16535 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16537 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16539 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);